New Drug Approvals

Home » Posts tagged 'phase 2'

Tag Archives: phase 2

Advertisements
DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO .....FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Blog Stats

  • 1,984,720 hits

Flag and hits

Flag Counter

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 2,184 other followers

Follow New Drug Approvals on WordPress.com

Categories

Flag Counter

ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY

Read all about Organic Spectroscopy on ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL 

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 2,184 other followers

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO, Born in Mumbai in 1964 and graduated from Mumbai University, Completed his Ph.D from ICT, 1991,Matunga, Mumbai, India, in Organic Chemistry, The thesis topic was Synthesis of Novel Pyrethroid Analogues, Currently he is working with GLENMARK PHARMACEUTICALS LTD, Research Centre as Principal Scientist, Process Research (bulk actives) at Mahape, Navi Mumbai, India. Total Industry exp 30 plus yrs, Prior to joining Glenmark, he has worked with major multinationals like Hoechst Marion Roussel, now Sanofi, Searle India Ltd, now RPG lifesciences, etc. He has worked with notable scientists like Dr K Nagarajan, Dr Ralph Stapel, Prof S Seshadri, Dr T.V. Radhakrishnan and Dr B. K. Kulkarni, etc, He did custom synthesis for major multinationals in his career like BASF, Novartis, Sanofi, etc., He has worked in Discovery, Natural products, Bulk drugs, Generics, Intermediates, Fine chemicals, Neutraceuticals, GMP, Scaleups, etc, he is now helping millions, has 9 million plus hits on Google on all Organic chemistry websites. His friends call him Open superstar worlddrugtracker. His New Drug Approvals, Green Chemistry International, All about drugs, Eurekamoments, Organic spectroscopy international, etc in organic chemistry are some most read blogs He has hands on experience in initiation and developing novel routes for drug molecules and implementation them on commercial scale over a 30 year tenure till date Dec 2017, Around 35 plus products in his career. He has good knowledge of IPM, GMP, Regulatory aspects, he has several International patents published worldwide . He has good proficiency in Technology transfer, Spectroscopy, Stereochemistry, Synthesis, Polymorphism etc., He suffered a paralytic stroke/ Acute Transverse mylitis in Dec 2007 and is 90 %Paralysed, He is bound to a wheelchair, this seems to have injected feul in him to help chemists all around the world, he is more active than before and is pushing boundaries, He has 9 million plus hits on Google, 2.5 lakh plus connections on all networking sites, 50 Lakh plus views on dozen plus blogs, He makes himself available to all, contact him on +91 9323115463, email amcrasto@gmail.com, Twitter, @amcrasto , He lives and will die for his family, 90% paralysis cannot kill his soul., Notably he has 19 lakh plus views on New Drug Approvals Blog in 216 countries......https://newdrugapprovals.wordpress.com/ , He appreciates the help he gets from one and all, Friends, Family, Glenmark, Readers, Wellwishers, Doctors, Drug authorities, His Contacts, Physiotherapist, etc

Personal Links

Verified Services

View Full Profile →

Categories

Flag Counter
Advertisements

Taladegib (LY-2940680),


Taladegib.png

Taladegib

LY2940680; 1258861-20-9; Taladegib; LY-2940680; UNII-QY8BWX1LJ5; QY8BWX1LJ5

CAS 1258861-20-9 FREE , CAS HCL 1258861-21-0
4-Fluoro-N-methyl-N-{1-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1-phthalazinyl]-4-piperidinyl}-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide
Benzamide, 4-fluoro-N-methyl-N-[1-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1-phthalazinyl]-4-piperidinyl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)-
LY 2940680

4-fluoro-N-methyl-N-[1-[4-(2-methylpyrazol-3-yl)phthalazin-1-yl]piperidin-4-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

Molecular Formula: C26H24F4N6O
Molecular Weight: 512.513 g/mol

Taladegib is an orally bioavailable small molecule antagonist of the Hedgehog (Hh)-ligand cell surface receptor smoothened (Smo) with potential antineoplastic activity. Taladegib inhibits signaling that is mediated by the Hh pathway protein Smo, which may result in a suppression of the Hh signaling pathway and may lead to the inhibition of the proliferation of tumor cells in which this pathway is abnormally activated. The Hh signaling pathway plays an important role in cellular growth, differentiation and repair; constitutive activation of this pathway is associated with uncontrolled cellular proliferation and has been observed in a variety of cancers.

Taladegib has been used in trials studying the treatment of Solid Tumor, COLON CANCER, BREAST CANCER, Advanced Cancer, and Rhabdomyosarcoma, among others.

Image result for Taladegib

  • Originator Eli Lilly
  • Developer Eli Lilly; Ignyta
  • Class Antineoplastics; Benzamides; Fluorobenzenes; Phthalazines; Piperidines; Pyrazoles; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Hedgehog cell-signalling pathway inhibitors; SMO protein inhibitors

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase I/II Oesophageal cancer; Small cell lung cancer
  • Phase I Ovarian cancer; Solid tumours
  • Preclinical Basal cell cancer
  • No development reported Cancer

Most Recent Events

  • 04 Nov 2017 No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Solid-tumours(Late-stage disease, Second-line therapy or greater) in Japan (PO, Tablet)
  • 02 Jun 2017 Adverse events data from a phase I/II trial in Ovarian cancer (Solid tumours) presented at the 53rd Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO-2017)
  • 23 Mar 2017 Ignyta amends its license, development and commercialisation agreement with Eli Lilly for taladegib

SYN

PATENT

WO 2010147917

Preparation 1 ter?-Butyl 1 -(4-chlorophthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate

Heat a mixture of potassium carbonate (21.23 g, 153.6 mmol), 1,4-dichlorophthalazine (26 g, 128 mmol) and methyl-piperidin-4-yl carbamic acid ter?-butyl ester (30.01 g, 134.4 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine (200 mL) at 80 0C overnight. Pour the reaction mixture into water, extract with dichloromethane, dry over Na2SC”4, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Add diethylether and filter off the resulting solid (4-chlorophethalazin-1-ol from starting material impurity). Concentrate the filtrate. Purify the resulting residue by flash silica gel chromatography (hexane : ethyl acetate = 2 : 1) to X-18698

-9- provide the title compound as a white solid (17.66 g, 37%). ES/MS m/z (37Cl) 377.0 (M+ 1).

Preparation 2 fer?-Butyl 1 -(4-chlorophthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate

Prepare the title compound by essentially following the procedure described in Preparation 1 , using piperidin-4-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Cool the reaction mixture and pour into water (500 mL). Extract with ethyl acetate, wash with water, dry over Na2SC”4, and remove the solvents under reduced pressure to provide the title compound as a yellow solid (36 g, 97%). ES/MS m/z 363.0 (M+l).

Preparation 3 ter?-Butyl methyl( 1 -(4-( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5 -yl)phthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4- yl)carbamate

Place sodium carbonate (3.82 g, 36.09 mmol), tert-butyl 1 -(4-chlorophthalazin- 1-yl) piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate (6.8 g, 18.04 mmol) and 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (5.63 g, 27.1 mmol) in a flask with a mixture of toluene (50 mL), ethanol (17 mL), and water (17 mL). Degas the mixture for 10 min with nitrogen gas. Add tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.4 g, 0.35 mmol) and heat the mixture at 74 0C overnight. Cool the mixture to ambient temperature and dilute with dichloromethane. Wash the organic portion with brine, dry over Na2SC”4, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash silica gel chromatography X-18698

-10-

(hexane : ethyl acetate : 2 M NH3 in MeOH = 20 : 5 : 1) to provide the title compound as a yellow foam (5.33 g, 70%). ES/MS m/z 423.2 (M+ 1).

Alternate procedure to prepare tert-butyl methyl(l-(4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl)carbamate: Preparations 4 – 6

Preparation 4

1 ,4-Dibromophthalazine


Charge a pressure tube with phosphorus pentabromide (24.5 g, 54.1 mmol) and

2,3-dihydro-phthalazine-l,4-dione (5.00 g, 30.8 mmol). Seal the tube and heat at 140 0C for 6-7 h. Allow to cool overnight. Carefully open the tube due to pressure. Chisel out the solid and pour into ice water. Allow to stir in ice water and collect the resulting solid by vacuum filtration. Dry in a vacuum oven to obtain the final product (8.31 g, 93%). ES/MS (79Br, 81Br) m/z 288.8 (M+). Ref: Can. J. Chem. 1965, 43, 2708.

Preparation 5 ter?-Butyl 1 -(4-bromophthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate


Combine 1 ,4-dibromophthalazine (0.70 g, 2.38 mmol), N-methylpyrrolidone (7.0 mL), potassium carbonate (395 mg, 2.86 mmol), and methyl-piperidin-4-yl-carbamic acid ter?-butyl ester (532 mg, 2.38 mmol). Heat at 80 0C overnight. Cool and pour into water. Collect the solid and dry in a vacuum oven at ambient temperature overnight to obtain the final product (0.96 g, 95%). ES/MS m/z (81Br) 421.0 (M+ 1).

X-18698

-11-

Preparation 6 fer?-Butyl methyl (l-(4-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4- yl)carbamate


Charge a reaction tube with fer?-butyl l-(4-bromophthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate (500 mg, 1.2 mmol), 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (370 mg, 1.8 mmol), sodium carbonate (252 mg, 2.4 mmol), toluene (3.75 mL), ethanol (1.25 mL), and water (1.25 mL). Degas the reaction mixture with nitrogen for 10 min. Add tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (137.1 mg, 118.7 μmol). Bubble nitrogen through the reaction mixture for another 10 min. Cap the reaction vial and heat at 90 0C overnight. Cool the reaction and filter through a silica gel pad eluting with 5% MeOH : CΗ2CI2. Concentrate the fractions under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue using silica gel chromatography (2% 2 N NH3 in MeOHiCH2Cl2) to obtain the final product (345.6 mg, 69%). ES/MS m/z 423.2 (M+ 1).

Preparation 7 ter?-Butyl 1 -(4-( 1 H-pyrazol-5 -yl)phthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate

Prepare the title compound by essentially following the procedure described in Preparation 3, using tert-buty\ l-(4-chlorophthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl(methyl)carbamate and lH-pyrazole-3-boronic acid pinacol ester to provide 580 mg,

(67%). ES/MS m/z 409.2 (M+ 1).

Preparation 8 X-18698

-12- tert- Butyl 1 -(4-(I -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate

Prepare the title compound by essentially following the procedure described in Preparation 3, using tert-bυXy\ 1 -(4-chlorophthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate to provide 5.92 g (94%). ES/MS m/z 308.8 (M+).

Preparation 9 iV-methyl- 1 -(4-( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin- 1 -yl)piperidin-4-amine


Dissolve tert-bvAyl methyl(l-(4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl)carbamate (7.77 g, 18.39 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL). Add an excess of 1 M hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether (20 mL, 80 mmol) to the solution and stir at ambient temperature for 2 h. Concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane : 2 M NΗ3 in MeOH = 10 : 1) to provide the title compound as a yellow foam (5.83 g, 98%). ES/MS m/z 323.2 (M+ 1).

Example 1

4-Fluoro-N-methyl-N-(l-(4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide

Treat a solution of N-methyl-1 -(4-(I -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-amine (2.8 g, 8.68 mmol) and triethylamine (3.36 mL, 26.1 mmol) in CH2Cl2(30 mL) with 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (2.14 mL, 10.42 mmol). Stir for 3 h at ambient temperature. Concentrate the reaction mixture under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash silica gel chromatography (hexane : ethyl acetate : 2 M ΝH3 in MeOH = 20 : 5 : 1) to provide the free base as a yellow foam (3.83 g, 86%). ES/MS m/z 513.0 (M+ 1).

Example Ia

4-Fluoro-N-methyl-N-(l-(4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide hydrochloride X-18698

-14-

Dissolve 4-fluoro-N-methyl-N-(l -(4-(I -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)phthalazin-l- yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (7.13 g, 13.91 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and add excess 1 N HCl in diethyl ether (30 mL, 30 mmol). Remove the solvents under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (7.05 g, 92%). ES/MS m/z 513.0 (M+ 1). NMR showed a 2:l mixture of amide rotamers. Major rotamer; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 8.34 (m, IH), 8.26 (m, 2H), 7.95 (m, IH), 7.75 (m, IH), 7.64 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, IH), 6.72 (d, IH, J=2Hz), 5.15 (br, IH), 4.71 (m, IH), 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.19 (m, 2H), 1.89 ( m, 2H). Minor rotamer; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 8.27 (m, IH), 8.24 (m, 2H), 7.94 (m, IH), 7.73 (m, IH), 7.63 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, IH, J=2Hz), 5.15 (br, IH), 4.71 (m, IH), 4.07 ( m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.62 ( m 2H).

PATENT

CN 106279114

Example 5 Preparation of title compound LY-2940680 [0061] Embodiment

[0062] Compound 10 (0.2g, 0.429mmo 1,1 eq.) Was dissolved in a mixed solution of 18mL of toluene, 6 mL of ethanol, 6 mL of water was added to a solution of 0.091g (0.858mmol, 2eq.) Sodium carbonate which ester (CAS No. 847818-74-0) and 0.098g (0.472mmol, 1 · leq.) in 1-methyl -1H- pyrazole-5-boronic acid, degassed with nitrogen for 20min after addition of 60mg of four (triphenylphosphine) palladium, degassed with nitrogen for lOmin, homogeneous reaction was stirred at reflux for 12h at 74 ° C; after completion the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with methylene chloride, the organic phase washed three times with brine, dried no over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, purified by column chromatography (eluent dichloromethane / methanol, a volume ratio of 30: 1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow foam LY-2940680 (0 · 202g, 92% yield).

[0063] The title compound of detection data LY-2940680:

[0064] 1 ^: 951 ^ 4 ^^ (3001 ^, 0) (: 13) 38.09 ((1 (1,1 = 7.7 ^ 11 (17.74 ^, 210,7.85 (111,210, 7.65 (d, J = 1.80 hz, 1H), 7.47-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J = 1.77Hz, 1H), 4.93 (m, lH), 4.21-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.44 -3.35 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.04-1,88 (m, 2H) ppm; 13C NMR (300Mz, CDC13) S168.0,163.8,159.9,147.4 , 138.2,136.7,132.0,131.9, 131.5,129.4,129.0,128.0,126.3,124.6,121.4,119.5,114.5,109.1,56.9,51.4,38.3, 31.8,29.7,28.4ppm; MS (ESI) m / z: [M + H] + = 513.20181.

PATENT

CN 201610630493

PATENT

CN 106831718

str1

Paper

A novel and efficient route for synthesis of Taladegib

Taladegib (LY-2940680), a small molecule Hedgehog signalling pathway inhibitor, was obtained from N-benzyl-4-piperidone via Borch reductive amination, acylation with 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride, debenzylation, substitution with 1,4-dichlorophthalazine and Suzuki cross-coupling reaction with 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-boronic acid. The advantages of this synthesis route were the elimination of Boc protection and deprotection and the inexpensive starting materials. Furthermore, the debenzylation reaction was achieved with simplified operational procedure using ammonium formate as hydrogen source that provided high reaction yield. This synthetic procedure was suitable for large-scale production of the compound for biological evaluation and further study.

Synthesis of Taladegib (LY-2940680)

purified by flash silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane/MeOH, 30:1) to provide Taladegib as a yellow foam. Yield 0.20 g, 92%; m.p. 95 °C;

1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 ) δ 8.09 (dd, J = 7.6, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.90–7.80 (m, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47–7.28 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.97–4.89 (m, 1H), 4.21–4.08 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.44–3.35 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.35–2.11(m, 2H), 2.04–1.88 (m, 2H);

13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 ) δ 168.0, 163.8, 159.9, 147.4, 138.2, 136.7, 132.0, 131.9, 131.5, 129.4, 129.0, 128.0, 126.3, 124.6, 121.4, 119.5, 114.5, 109.1, 56.9, 51.4, 38.3, 31.8, 29.7, 28.4; MS calcd for C26H24F4 N6 O [M + H]+: 513.2026; found: 513.2018.

Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2017209574 COMBINATION THERAPIES
2015-10-02
US8273742 DISUBSTITUTED PHTHALAZINE HEDGEHOG PATHWAY ANTAGONISTS
2010-12-23
US2016375142 TARGETED THERAPEUTICS
2016-04-26
US9000023 DISUBSTITUTED PHTHALAZINE HEDGEHOG PATHWAY ANTAGONISTS
2012-08-21
2012-12-13

////////////PHASE 2, Taladegib, LY-2940680,

CN1C(=CC=N1)C2=NN=C(C3=CC=CC=C32)N4CCC(CC4)N(C)C(=O)C5=C(C=C(C=C5)F)C(F)(F)F

Advertisements

NKTR 214


Image result for NKTR 214

CAS  946414-94-4

  • BMS 936558
  • MDX 1106
  • NKTR 214
  • ONO 4538
  • Opdivio
  • NIVOLUMAB

Pegylated engineered interleukin-2 (IL-2) with altered receptor binding

NKTR-214 is a cytokine (investigational agent) that is designed to target CD122, a protein which is found on certain immune cells (known as CD8+ T Cells and Natural Killer Cells) to expand these cells to promote their anti-tumor effects. Nivolumab is a full human monoclonal antibody that binds to a molecule called PD-1 (programmed cell death protein 1) on immune cells and promotes anti-tumor effects.

Protein Sequence

Sequence Length: 1308, 440, 440, 214, 214multichain; modified (modifications unspecified)

NKTR-214 is a CD122-biased cytokine in phase II clinical trials at the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center for the treatment of advanced sarcoma in combination with nivolumab.

 

M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, PHASE 2, SARCOMA

NKTR-214 in combination with OPDIVO® (nivolumab)

RESEARCH FOCUS: Immuno-oncology

DISCOVERED AND WHOLLY OWNED BY NEKTAR

In clinical collaboration withCollaborator

About NKTR-214, Nektar’s Lead Immuno-oncology Candidate

NKTR-214 is a CD122-biased agonist designed to stimulate the patient’s own immune system to fight cancer. NKTR-214 is designed to grow specific cancer-killing T cells and natural killer (NK) cell populations in the body which fight cancer, which are known as endogenous tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs). NKTR-214 stimulates these cancer-killing immune cells in the body by targeting CD122 specific receptors found on the surface of these immune cells, known as CD8+ effector T cells and Natural Killer (NK) cells. CD122, which is also known as the Interleukin-2 receptor beta subunit, is a key signaling receptor that is known to increase proliferation of these effector T cells.1 In preclinical studies, treatment with NKTR-214 results in a rapid expansion of these cells and mobilization into the tumor micro-environment. NKTR-214 has an antibody-like dosing regimen similar to the existing checkpoint inhibitor class of approved medicines.

In preclinical studies, NKTR-214 demonstrated a mean ratio of 450:1 within the tumor micro-environment of CD8-positive effector T cells, which promote tumor destruction, compared with CD4-positive regulatory T cells, which are a type of cell that can suppress tumor-killing T cells.2Furthermore, a single dose of NKTR-214 resulted in a 500-fold AUC exposure within the tumor compared with an equivalent dose of the existing IL-2 therapy, enabling, for the first time, an antibody-like dosing regimen for a cytokine.2 In dosing studies in non-human primates, there was no evidence of severe side effects such as low blood pressure or vascular leak syndrome with NKTR-214 at predicted clinical therapeutic doses.2 NKTR-214 has a range of potential uses against multiple tumor types, including melanoma (the most serious type of skin cancer), kidney cancer and non-small cell lung cancer (the most common form of lung cancer).

A Phase 1 study evaluating NKTR-214 as a single agent in patients with locally recurrent or metastatic solid tumors including melanoma, renal cell carcinoma (RCC), bladder, colorectal and other solid tumors is ongoing with patient enrollment complete. Results from this Phase 1 trial were presented at the Society for Immunotherapy of Cancer (SITC) 2016 Annual Meeting and showed encouraging evidence of anti-tumor activity, and a favorable safety and tolerability profile. (Poster #387)

In September 2016, Nektar entered into a clinical collaboration with Bristol-Myers Squibb to evaluate NKTR-214 as a potential combination treatment regimen with Opdivo (nivolumab) in five tumor types and eight potential indications. The Phase 1/2 PIVOT clinical trials, known as PIVOT-02 and PIVOT-04 will enroll up to 260 patients and will evaluate the potential for the combination of Opdivo (nivolumab) and NKTR-214 to show improved and sustained efficacy and tolerability above the current standard of care in melanoma, kidney, triple-negative breast cancer, bladder and non-small cell lung cancer patients.

In May 2017, Nektar entered into a research collaboration with Takeda to explore the combination of NKTR-214 with five oncology compounds from Takeda’s cancer portfolio including a SYK-inhibitor and a proteasome inhibitor. The collaboration will explore the anti-cancer activity of NKTR-214 combined with five different targeted mechanisms in preclinical tumor models of lymphoma, melanoma and colorectal cancer to identify which combination treatment regimens show the most promise for possible advancement into the clinic.

Under the terms of the collaboration, the companies will share costs related to the preclinical studies and each will contribute their respective compounds to the research collaboration. Nektar and Takeda will each maintain global commercial rights to their respective drugs and/or drug candidates.

Additional development plans for NKTR-214 include combination studies with additional checkpoint inhibitors, cell therapies and vaccines.

About the Excel NKTR-214 Phase 1/2 Study

The dose-escalation stage of the Excel Phase 1/2 study is designed to evaluate safety, efficacy, and define the recommended Phase 2 dose of NKTR-214 in approximately 20 patients with solid tumors. In addition to a determination of the recommended Phase 2 dose, the study will assess preliminary anti-tumor activity, including objective response rate (ORR). The immunologic effect of NKTR-214 on tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs) and other immune infiltrating cells in both blood and tumor tissue will also be assessed. Enrollment in the dose escalation study is completed. More information on the Excel Phase 1/2 study can be found on clinicaltrials.gov.

About the PIVOT Phase 1/2 Program: NKTR-214 in combination with OPDIVO® (nivolumab)

The dose escalation stage of the PIVOT program (PIVOT-02 Phase 1/2 study) is underway and will determine the recommended Phase 2 dose of NKTR-214 administered in combination with nivolumab. The study is first evaluating the clinical benefit, safety, and tolerability of combining NKTR-214 with nivolumab in approximately 30 patients with melanoma, renal cell carcinoma or non-small cell lung cancer. Once the recommended Phase 2 dose is achieved, the study will expand into additional patients for each tumor type. The second phase of the expansion cohorts in the PIVOT program (PIVOT-04 Phase 2 study) will evaluate safety and efficacy of the combination in up to 260 patients, in five tumor types and eight indications, including first and second-line melanoma, second-line renal cell carcinoma in immune-oncology therapy (IO) naïve and IO-relapsed patients, second-line non-small cell lung cancer in IO-naïve and IO-relapsed patients, first-line urothelial carcinoma, and second-line triple negative breast cancer. This study is expected to initiate in the second quarter of 2017.

Information on the PIVOT-02 study can be found on clinicaltrials.gov.

Pivot

About the PROPEL Phase 1/2 Program: NKTR-214 in combination with TECENTRIQ® (atezolizumab) or KEYTRUDA®(pembrolizumab)

The dose escalation stage of the PROPEL program will determine the recommended Phase 2 dose of NKTR-214 administered in combination with anti-PD-L1 agent, atezolizumab or anti-PD-1 agent, pembrolizumab. The study will evaluate the clinical benefit, safety and tolerability of combining NKTR-214 with atezolizumab or pembrolizumab and will enroll patients into two separate arms concurrently. The first arm will evaluate an every three-week dose regimen of NKTR-214 in combination with atezolizumab in up to 30 patients in approved treatment settings of atezolizumab, including patients with non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer. The second arm will evaluate an every three-week dose regimen of NKTR-214 in combination with pembrolizumab in up to 30 patients in approved treatment settings of pembrolizumab, including patients with melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer.

Information on the PROPEL study can be found on clinicaltrials.gov.

References

1Boyman, J., et al., Nature Reviews Immunology, 2012, 12, 180-190.

2Charych, D., et al., Clin Can Res; 22(3) February 1, 2016

http://www.nektar.com/application/files/7714/7887/7212/2016_SITC_NKTR-214-clinical_poster.pdf

https://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2015125159A1?cl=en

Inventors Murali Krishna AddepalliDeborah H. CharychSeema KantakSteven Robert Lee
Applicant Nektar Therapeutics (India) Pvt. Ltd.Nektar Therapeutics

////////////946414-94-4, BMS 936558, MDX 1106, NKTR 214, ONO 4538, Opdivio, NIVOLUMAB, PHASE 2

AMISELIMOD


Image result for AMISELIMOD

AMISELIMOD

UNII-358M5150LY; CAS 942399-20-4; 358M5150LY; MT-1303; Amiselimod, MT-1303

Molecular Formula: C19H30F3NO3
Molecular Weight: 377.448 g/mol

2-amino-2-[2-[4-heptoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl]propane-1,3-diol

Phase II Crohn’s disease; Multiple sclerosis; Plaque psoriasis

Image result for AMISELIMOD

AMISELIMOD HYDROCHLORIDE

  • Molecular FormulaC19H31ClF3NO3
  • Average mass413.902 Da
1,3-Propanediol, 2-amino-2-[2-[4-(heptyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl]-, hydrochloride (1:1)
2-Amino-2-{2-[4-(heptyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-1,3-propanediol hydrochloride (1:1)
942398-84-7 [RN]
MT-1303
UNII-AY898D6RU1
2-amino-2-[2-[4-(heptyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl]-1,3-propanediol, monohydrochloride
  • Originator Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation
  • Class Propylene glycols; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Immunosuppressants; Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptor antagonist

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase II Crohn’s disease; Multiple sclerosis; Plaque psoriasis
  • Phase I Autoimmune disorders; Inflammation; Systemic lupus erythematosus
  • No development reported Inflammatory bowel diseases

Most Recent Events

  • 04 Nov 2017 No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Autoimmune-disorders in Japan (PO, Capsule)
  • 04 Nov 2017 No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Autoimmune-disorders in USA (PO, Capsule)
  • 04 Nov 2017 No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Inflammation in Japan (PO, Capsule)
  • Image result

Amiselimod, also known as MT1303, is a potent and selective immunosuppressant and sphingosine 1 phosphate receptor modulator. Amiselimod may be potentially useful for treatment of multiple sclerosis; inflammatory diseases; autoimmune diseases; psoriasis and inflammatory bowel diseases. Amiselimod is currently being developed by Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation

Mitsubishi Tanabe is developing amiselimod, an oral sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor antagonist, for treating autoimmune diseases, primarily multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and inflammatory bowel diseases, including Crohn’s disease.

WO2007069712

EU states expire 2026, and

Expire in the US in June 2030 with US154 extension.

Inventors Masatoshi KiuchiKaoru MarukawaNobutaka KobayashiKunio Sugahara
Applicant Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation

In recent years, calcineurin inhibitors such as cyclosporine FK 506 have been used to suppress rejection of patients receiving organ transplantation. While doing it, certain calcineurin inhibitors like cyclosporin can cause harmful side effects such as nephrotoxicity, hepatotoxicity, neurotoxicity, etc. For this reason, in order to suppress rejection reaction in transplant patients, development of drugs with higher safety and higher effectiveness is advanced.

[0003] Patent Documents 1 to 3 are useful as inhibitors of (acute or chronic) rejection in organ or bone marrow transplantation and also useful as therapeutic agents for various autoimmune diseases such as psoriasis and Behcet’s disease and rheumatic diseases 2 aminopropane 1, 3 dioly intermediates are disclosed.

[0004] One of these compounds, 2-amino-2- [2- (4-octylphenel) propane] 1, 3 diol hydrochloride (hereinafter sometimes referred to as FTY 720) is useful for renal transplantation It is currently under clinical development as an inhibitor of rejection reaction. FTY 720 is phosphorylated by sphingosine kinase in vivo in the form of phosphorylated FTY 720 [hereinafter sometimes referred to as FTY 720-P]. For example, 2 amino-2-phosphoryloxymethyl 4- (4-octafil-el) butanol. FTY720 – P has four types of S1 P receptors (hereinafter referred to as S1 P receptors) among five kinds of sphingosine – 1 – phosphate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as S1P) receptors It acts as an aggroove on the body (other than S1P2) (Non-Patent Document 1).

[0005] It has recently been reported that S1P1 among the S1P receptors is essential for the export of mature lymphocytes with thymus and secondary lymphoid tissue forces. FTY720 – P downregulates S1P1 on lymphocytes by acting as S1P1 ghost. As a result, the transfer of mature lymphocytes from the thymus and secondary lymphatic tissues is inhibited, and the circulating adult lymphocytes in the blood are isolated in the secondary lymphatic tissue to exert an immunosuppressive effect Has been suggested (

Non-Patent Document 2).

[0006] On the other hand, conventional 2-aminopropane 1, 3 dioly compounds are concerned as transient bradycardia expression as a side effect, and in order to solve this problem, 2-aminopropane 1, 3 diiori Many new compounds have been reported by geometrically modifying compounds. Among them, as a compound having a substituent on the benzene ring possessed by FTY 720, Patent Document 4 discloses an aminopropenol derivative as a S1P receptor modulator with a phosphate group, Patent Documents 5 and 6 are both S1P Discloses an amino-propanol derivative as a receptor modulator. However, trihaloalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl groups are not disclosed as substituents on the benzene ring among them. In any case, it is currently the case that it has not yet reached a satisfactory level of safety as a pharmaceutical.

Patent Document 1: International Publication Pamphlet WO 94 Z 08943

Patent Document 2: International Publication Pamphlet WO 96 Z 06068

Patent Document 3: International Publication Pamphlet W 0 98 z 45 429

Patent Document 4: International Publication Pamphlet WO 02 Z 076995

Patent document 5: International public non-fret WO 2004 Z 096752

Patent Document 6: International Publication Pamphlet WO 2004 Z 110979

Non-patent document 1: Science, 2002, 296, 346-349

Non-patent document 2: Nature, 2004, 427, 355-360

Reference Example 3

5 bromo 2 heptyloxybenzonitrile

(3- 1) 5 Synthesis of bromo-2 heptyloxybenzonitrile (Reference Example Compound 3- 1)

1-Heptanol (1.55 g) was dissolved in N, N dimethylformamide (24 ml) and sodium hydride (0.321 g) was added at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, 5 bromo-2 fluoborosyl-tolyl (2.43 g) was added and the mixture was further stirred for 50 minutes. The reaction solution was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. After eliminating the 5 bromo 2 fluconate benzonitrile as a raw material, the reaction was carried out again under the same conditions and purification was carried out by silica gel column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 50: 1 to 5: 1) to obtain the desired product (3.10 g ) As a colorless oil.

– NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.24-1.35 (6H, m

J = 8.8 Hz), 1.48 (2H, quint, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.84 7.59 (1 H, dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.65 (1 H, d, J = 2.4 Hz).

Example 1

2 Amino 2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3 trifluoromethylph enyl) propane-1, 3-diol hydrochloride

(1 – 1) {2, 2 Dimethyl 5- [2- (4 hydroxy 3 trifluoromethylfuethyl) ethyl] 1,3 dioxane 5 mercaptothenylboronic acid t butyl ester (synthesis compound 1 1)

Reference Example Compound 2-5 (70.3 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (500 ml), t-butoxycallium (13.Og) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. To the mixed solution was dropwise added a solution of the compound of Reference Example 1 (15.Og) in tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) under ice cooling, followed by stirring for 2 hours under ice cooling. Water was added to the reaction solution, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, saturated brine, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: D to obtain 31. Og of a pale yellow oily matter.) The geometric isomer ratio of the obtained product was (E : Z = 1: 6).

This pale yellow oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 ml), 10% palladium carbon (3.00 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 7 hours. After purging the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, the solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was washed with diisopropyl ether to obtain the desired product (2.2 g) as a colorless powder.

1 H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 1. 43 (3H, s), 1.44 (3H, s), 1. 47 (9H, s), 1

(2H, m), 91- 1. 98 (2H, m), 2. 50-2.66 (2H, m), 3. 69 (2H, d, J = Il. 6 Hz), 3. 89 J = 8.2 Hz), 7. 22 (1 H, dd J = 8 Hz), 5. 02 (1 H, brs), 5. 52 . 2, 1. 7 Hz), 7. 29 (1 H, d, J = l. 7 Hz).

(1-2) {2,2 Dimethyl-5- [2- (4heptyloxy-3 trifluoromethyl) ethyl] 1,3 dioxane 5-mercaptobutyric acid t-butyl ester Synthesis (compound 1 2)

Compound 1-1 (510 mg) was dissolved in N, N dimethylformamide (10 ml), potassium carbonate (506 mg) and n-heptyl bromide (0.235 ml) were added and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and saturated brine, dried with anhydrous sulfuric acid

The resultant was dried with GENSCHUM and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the desired product (640 mg) as a colorless oil.

– NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), l.30-1.37 (6H, m

(2H, m), 1.91-1.98 (2H, m), 1.42-1.50 (2H, m), 1.42 (3H, s), 1.44 (3H, s), 1.47 J = 16.6 Hz), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.9 8 (2H, d, J = 11.6 Hz), 3.69 1 H, brs), 6.88 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.26 – 7.29 (1 H, m), 7.35 (1 H, d, J = 1.5 Hz).

(1-3) Synthesis of 2-amino-2- [2- (4heptyloxy 3 trifluoromethyl) ethyl] propane 1, 3 diol hydrochloride (Compound 1- 3)

Compound 12 (640 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (15 ml), concentrated hydrochloric acid (3 ml) was caught and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated, and the residue was washed with ethyl ether to give the desired product (492 mg) as a white powder.

MS (ESI) m / z: 378 [M + H]

– NMR (DMSO-d) δ (ppm): 0.86 (3H,

6 t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.24 – 1.39 (6

(4H, m), 3.51 (4H, d, J = 5. lHz), 4.06 (2H, m), 1.39-1.46 (2H, m), 1.68-1.78 (4H, m), 2.55-2.22 , 7.32 (2H, t, J = 5.1 Hz), 7.18 (1 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.42 – 7.45 (2 H, m), 7.76 (3 H, brs;).

PATENT

WO 2009119858

JP 2011136905

WO 2017188357

PATENT

WO-2018021517

Patent Document 1 discloses 2-amino-2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] propane- 1,3 which is useful as a medicine excellent in immunosuppressive action, rejection- – diol hydrochloride is disclosed.
The production method includes the step of reducing 4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (Ia) to 4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl alcohol (IIa). However, until now, there has been a problem such that the conversion is low and the by-product (IIa ‘) in which the trifluoromethyl group is reduced together with the compound (IIa) is generated in this step.
[Chemical formula 1]
 In particular, since a series of analogous substances derived from by-products (IIa ‘) are difficult to be removed in a later process, it is necessary to suppress strict production thereof in the manufacture of drug substances requiring high quality there were.

Patent Document 1: WO2007 / 069712

[Chemical formula 3]

(2-amino-2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] propane- 1,3-diol hydrochloride) From
the compound (IIa), the following scheme Based on the route, 2-amino-2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] propane-1,3-diol hydrochloride was prepared.
[Chemical Formula 9]

STR1
Example 2
Synthesis of 4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl chloride (Step A) A
few drops of N, N-dimethylformamide was added to a solution of compound (IIa) (26.8 g) in methylene chloride (107 mL), and 0 At 0 ° C., thionyl chloride (8.09 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours, and water (50 mL) was added to the reaction solution. The organic layer was separated and extracted, washed with water (50 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (70 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give 4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl Chloride (28.3 g) as white crystals.
1H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.26-1.54 (8H, m), 1.77-1.86 (2H, m , 4.49 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.56 (2H, s), 6.96 (IH, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.49 (IH, dd, J = 2.0 Hz, 8.5 Hz), 7.58 (1 H, d, J = 1.9 Hz)
Example 3
Synthesis of dimethyl (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) phosphonate (Step B) To
a solution of N, N (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl ) phosphonate of 4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl chloride (6.00 g, 19.4 mmol) (2.57 g, 23.3 mmol), cesium carbonate (7.60 g, 23.3 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (7.54 g, 20.4 mmol) were added to a dimethylformamide (36 mL) And the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 1 day. Toluene (36 mL) and water (18 mL) were added for phase separation, and the resulting organic layer was washed twice with a mixture of N, N-dimethylformamide (18 mL) and water (18 mL). After concentration under reduced pressure, column purification using hexane and ethyl acetate gave 4.71 g of dimethyl (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) phosphonate.
1
H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 0.89 (3 H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.20 – 1.41 (6 H, m) , 1.43-1.49 (2H, m), 1.72-1.83 (2H, m), 3.09 (IH, s), 3.14 (IH, s), 3.68 (3H , 7.41 – 7.44 (2 H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.94 (1 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 3.70 (3 H, s), 4.02 (2H, m)
Example 4
tert-Butyl (E) – {2,2-dimethyl-5- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) vinyl] -1, 3-dioxan-5- yl} carbamate Ester synthesis (Step C) A
solution of dimethyl (1.18 g, 3.09 mmol ) (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) phosphonate in 1.25 mL of N, N- dimethylformamide and (2, -dimethyl-5-formyl-1,3-dioxan-5-yl) carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (961 mg, 3.71 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was treated with potassium tert-butoxide (1.28 g, 4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (7 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 6 hours. Heptane (7 mL) and water (3 mL) were added and the layers were separated, and the obtained organic layer was washed twice with water (3 mL) and concentrated. Heptane was added and the mixture was cooled in an ice bath. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure to give (E) – {2,2-dimethyl-5- [2- (4-heptyloxy- Phenyl) vinyl] -1, 3-dioxan-5-yl} carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
1
H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ (ppm): 0.89 (3 H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.29 – 1.38 (6 H, m) , 1.44 – 1.59 (17 H, m), 1.77 – 1.83 (2 H, m), 3.83 – 3.93 (2 H, m), 3.93 – 4.08 (4 H, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.48 (1 H, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 6.91 (1 H, d, J), 5.21 (1 H, brs), 6.10 J = 8.5 Hz), 7.44 (1 H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz), 7.55 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz)
Example 5
Synthesis of 2-amino-2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] propane-1,3-diol hydrochloride (Step D)
(E) – {2, -dimethyl-5- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) vinyl] -1,3-dioxan- 5-yl} carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6.50 g, 12.6 mmol) Methanol (65 mL) solution was heated to 50 ° C., a solution of concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.55 g) in methanol (5.3 mL) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to around room temperature, 5% palladium carbon (0.33 g) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen gas atmosphere for 3 hours. After filtration and washing the residue with methanol (39 mL), the filtrate was concentrated and stirred at 5 ° C. for 1 hour. Water (32.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 5 ° C for 1 hour, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. Washed with water (13 mL) and dried under reduced pressure to obtain 4.83 g of 2-amino-2- [2- (4-heptyloxy-3-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] propane-1,3-diol hydrochloride .
MS (ESI) m / z: 378 [M + H]

Image result

PATENTS

Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2017029378 KINASE INHIBITOR
2016-10-12
US2014296183 AMINE COMPOUND AND USE THEREOF FOR MEDICAL PURPOSES
2014-06-17
2014-10-02
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2017253563 KINASE INHIBITORS
2017-05-24
US9499486 Kinase inhibitor
2015-10-01
2016-11-22
US9751837 KINASE INHIBITORS
2015-10-01
2016-04-14
US8809304 Amine Compound and Use Thereof for Medical Purposes
2009-05-28
US2017209445 KINASE INHIBITORS
2015-10-01

////////////AMISELIMOD, Phase II, Crohn’s disease, Multiple sclerosis, Plaque psoriasis,  MT-1303,  MT1303,  MT 1303, Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation, Mitsubishi , JAPAN, PHASE 2

CCCCCCCOC1=C(C=C(C=C1)CCC(CO)(CO)N)C(F)(F)F

GSK2248761A , IDX899, Fosdevirine


Image result for GSK2248761A , IDX899, FosdevirineChemSpider 2D Image | fosdevirine | C20H17ClN3O3P

GSK2248761A , IDX899, Fosdevirine,

Fosdevirine; IDX899; IDX-899; GSK2248761; cas 1018450-26-4; GSK-2248761, IDX 12899

1018450-26-4 CAS
R FORM ROTATION (-)
Molecular Formula: C20H17ClN3O3P
Molecular Weight: 413.798 g/mol
 Phosphinic acid, P-[2-(aminocarbonyl)-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl]-P-[3-[(1E)-2-cyanoethenyl]-5-methylphenyl]-, methyl ester, [P(R)]-
Methyl (R)-(2-carbamoyl-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl){3-[(E)-2-cyanovinyl]-5-methylphenyl}phosphinate
Phosphinic acid, P-[2-(aminocarbonyl)-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl]-P-[3-[(E)-2-cyanoethenyl]-5-methylphenyl]-, methyl ester, (R)-
5DV
Methyl (R)-(2-carbamoyl-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl)[3-(2-cyanoethyl)-5-methylphenyl]phosphinate

[R(P)]-(2-Carbamoyl-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl)[3-(2-cyanovinyl)-5-methylphenyl]phosphinic acid methyl ester

Phase II clinical trials for the treatment of HIV infection

Idenix (Originator)

Fosdevirine, also known as GSK2248761 and IDX899, a Highly Potent Anti-HIV Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitor having an EC50 of 11 nM against the Y181C/K103N double mutant. GSK2248761 is a novel, once-daily (QD), next-generation nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) with activity against efavirenz-resistant strains. GSK2248761 at 100 to 800 mg QD for 7 days was well tolerated, demonstrated potent antiviral activity in treatment-naive HIV-infected subjects, and had favorable PK and resistance profiles. GSK2248761 is no longer in clinical development.

IDX-12899 is a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTI) originated by Idenix (acquired by Merck & Co.). It had been in phase II clinical trials for the treatment of HIV infection. However, in 2010, the compound was placed on clinical hold by the FDA. In 2009, the compound was licensed by Idenix to GlaxoSmithKline for the treatment of HIV infection on a worldwide basis.

PATENT

WO2008/042240 A2, 2008, Compound III

compound 66a: racemic form

5-chloro-3-[ methyl 3-((Zζ)-2-cyanovinyl)-5-methylphenyl] phosphinoyl-l//-indole-2- carboxamide.

Figure imgf000091_0003

[00258] Compound 66a was synthesized according to method AL. White solid, 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 2.40 (s, 3H), 3.88 (d, J= 11.7 Hz, 3H), 5.89 (d, J= 16.5 Hz, IH), 5.97 (brs, IH), 7.33-7.67 (m, 7H), 10.46 (s, IH), 10.89 (brs, IH), 31P NMR (CDCl3, 121.49 MHz) δ 31.54. MS (ES+) m/z = 414 (MH+).

Example 8

Figure imgf000126_0001

Preparation of Compound HI

Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000127_0002

305

1 (-)cιnchonιdιne, Acetone

2 1N HCI1 EtOAc

Figure imgf000127_0003

Compound 302

[00348] A suitable reactor was charged Compound 301 (10Og, 0.23mol) and tetrahydrofuran (IL). The resulting solution was chilled between -90° to -100°C under nitrogen using a LN2 / IPA slush bath, then was treated with n-butyl lithium (2.5M in Hexanes, 99ml, 0.25mol) added over 10 minutes. To this was added diethyl chlorophosphite (37.1g, 0.24mol) over 10 minutes. HPLC (Method 001, RT = 18.9 min) showed no starting material and ca. 85% product. The reaction was then diluted with ethyl acetate (IL) and was allowed to warm to -4O0C. The mix was then treated with hydrochloric acid (0.5M, 590ml) and was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 30 minutes. The resulting layers were separated and the aqueous extracted with ethyl acetate (500ml). The organics were combined and washed with brine (500ml) dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to an oil. 88% HPLC AUC (Method 20, RT = 5.8 min) 115g, >100% yield due to impurities and solvent. Used as is in the next step. Compound 303

[00349] A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 302 (111 g, estimated 0.18mol), iodocinnamonitrile (47.1g, 0.175mol), triethylamine (29.3ml, 0.21mol) and toluene (800ml). The resulting mix was degassed by sparging with a stream of nitrogen for 10 minutes at ambient temperature, after which time tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) (10. Ig, 0.0088mol) was added. The mix was sparged for an additional 5 minutes, then was heated to 80°C for 2 hours. HPLC (Method 20, RT = 6.5 min) showed a complete reaction. The mix was cooled to ambient and was filtered through celite and washed with ethyl acetate (400ml). The combined organics were washed with brine (2 x 500ml) then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a volume of 350ml. The concentrate was cooled to O0C and was stirred for 1 hour, during which time the product crystallized. The solids were filtered and washed with hexane:toluene (2:1, 150ml). Dried to leave 95g, 90% yield, HPLC AUC 98% (Method 20). Used as is in the next reaction. [00350] 303: C29H26ClN2O6PS 597.02gmol‘ m/z (ESI+): 597.0 (MH+, 100%), 599.0 (MH+, 35%) 1H NMR δH (400 MHz, CDCl3): 1.38, 1.48 (2 x 3H, 2 x t, COOCH2CH3, POOCH2CH3), 2.41 (3Η, s, Ar-CH3), 4.09-4.16 (2Η, m, POOCH2CH3), 4.52 (2H, q, COOCH2CH3), 5.93 (IH, d, CH=CHCN), 7.33-7.38 (3Η, m, CH=CHCN, 2 x Ar-H), 7.52 (2Η, t, 2 x Ar-H), 7.64 (1Η, t, Ar-H), 7.74, 7.77 (2 x 1Η, 2 x d, 2 x Ar-H), 7.85 (1Η, d, Ar- H), 7.94 (1Η, dd, Ar-H), 8.08 (2Η, d, 2 x Ar-H) 1H NMR δH (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): 1.26, 1.33 (2 x 3H, 2 x t, COOCH2CH3, POOCH2CH3), 2.34 (3Η, s, Ar-CH3), 3.95-4.10 (2Η, m, POOCH2CH3), 4.40 (2H, q, COOCH2CH3), 6.52 (IH, d, CH=CHCN), 7.52 (1Η, dd, Ar-H), 7.60-7.84 (8Η, m, CH=CHCN, 7 x Ar-H), 8.07 (3 x 1Η, m, 3 x Ar-H)

Compound 304

[003511 A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 303 (537g, 0.90mol) and methylene chloride (2.0L). The resulting solution was cooled to O0C, and was treated with bromotrimethylsilane (45Og, 2.9mol) added over 15 minutes. The reaction was then warmed to 400C for 1.5 hours. ΗPLC (Method 20, RT = 4.4 min) indicated a complete reaction. The excess TMSBr was stripped under vacuum (40 – 45°C) and the resulting sticky solid was resuspended in DCM (2.5L) and chilled to 00C. Oxalyl chloride (156ml, 1.8mol) was added over 15 minutes, followed by N,N-dimethylformamide (13.7ml, 0.18mol) both added at O0C. Gas evolution was observed during the DMF addition. After 1 hour, ΗPLC (Method 20, RT = 6.2 min, sample quenched with anhydrous methanol prior to injection) showed a complete reaction. The solvents were stripped again to remove residual oxalyl chloride and the mix resuspended in chilled methanol (3.0L) at 0° – 5°C, and then was allowed to warm to ambient. After two hours, HPLC indicated a complete reaction (HPLC Method 20, RT = 6.2 min). The solution was concentrated to a volume of 1.5L, and the resulting thin slurry was cooled to 0°C, and was diluted with an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (126g, 3L water). After 2 hours at 50C, the product was filtered and washed with cold water / methanol (2:1, 1.5L) then dried to leave 50Og Compound 304. HPLC (Method 20) purity 92% used as is.

Compound 305

[00352] A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 304 (ca. 28Og, 0.48mol) and tetrahydrofuran (2.8L). The resulting solution was then cooled to 5°C and was treated with lithium hydroxide monohydrate (45g, 1.07mol) added in one portion. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient, during which time the color lightened and a white precipitate formed. After overnight stirring, HPLC indicated an incomplete reaction (Method 20, product RT = 4.3, partially deprotected RT = 5.1, major impurity RT = 3.8). An additional 10% LiOH-H2O was added, but after 10 hours, the partially deprotected intermediate remained at 5%, and the impurity peak at 3.8 minutes had increased to ca. 25%. The reaction was cooled to 50C and was acidified with hydrochloric acid (5N, 280ml) then was diluted with ethyl acetate (2L). The layers were separated and the aqueous extracted with ethyl acetate (500ml). The combined organics were washed with brine (IL) and dried with sodium sulfate, then concentrated to leave a crude oily solid, Compound 305. Ca. 300g, HPLC AUC 57%.

[00353] The crude product was taken up in acetonitrile (1.2L) at 4O0C, and the product triturated w/ water (1.2L). The resulting slurry was cooled to 50C and was allowed to granulate for 30 minutes, after which time the product was filtered and washed with ACN:H2O (1 :1, 100 ml). Ca. 103g, 88% by HPLC. The product was then recrystallized from 360ml ACN at 400C and 360ml water as before. Filtered, washed and dried to leave 75g Compound 305. HPLC AUC 97%. Used as is in the next step.

Compound 306 (chiral resolution)

[00354] A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 305 (28Og, 0.66mol) and acetone (4.2L). The resulting thin slurry was then treated with (-)-cinchonidine (199g, 0.66mol) added in one portion. After one hour, a solution had formed, and after an additional hour, a white solid precipitated, and the mix was left to stir for an additional two hours (four hours total) after which time the solids were filtered, washed with acetone (200ml) and dried to leave 199g Crude Compound 306 cinchonidine salt. HPLC showed an isomer ratio of 96:4.

[00355] The crude salt was then slurried in ethyl acetate (3L) and hydrochloric acid (IN, 3L). The two phase solution was vigorously stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The layers were separated, and the aqueous extracted with ethyl acetate (3L). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated to leave the free base Compound 306, 107g, 95:5 by chiral HPLC.

[00356] The crude Compound 306 was then suspended in acetone (1.07L) and treated with (-)-cinchonidine (76g, 0.26 mol.) After 4 hours total stir time (as above) the solids were filtered, washed with acetone (200ml) and dried to leave 199g of the salt. HPLC 98.6:1.4.

[00357] The salt was broken by dissolving in ethyl acetate (3L) and hydrochloric acid (IN, 3L). The two phase solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The layers were separated, and the aqueous extracted with ethyl acetate (2L). The organics were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated to leave the free base Compound 306, 98g, 98.6:1.4 by chiral HPLC. 70% recovery of the desired isomer, 35% yield from the racemic Compound 306. #6: C20H16ClN2O4P 414.78gmol‘ m/z (ESI+): 415.1 (MH+, 100%), 417.0 (MH+, 35%) [α]D 25 : -47.51 (c, 10.66mgml‘ in EtOAc) [Opposite enantiomer [α]D 25 : +47.26 (c, 9.60mgml‘ in EtOAc)] 1H NMR δH (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): 2.33 (3 H, s, Ar-CH3), 3.71 (3H, d, CH3OP), 6.50 (1Η, d, CH=CHCN), 7.36 (1Η, dd, H-6), 7.57 (1Η, d, H-I), 7.66-7.71 (2Η, m, H-4, Ar-Hortho), 7.67 (1Η, d, CH=CHCN), 7.84 (IH, d, Ar-Hortho), 7.98 (1Η, s, Ar-Hpara), 12.97 (1Η, s, N-H), 14.38 (1Η, br-s, COOH) Multiple δc values indicate splitting of carbon signal due to P. 13C NMR δc (100 MHz, d6-DMSO): 20.68 (Ar-CH3), 51.70 (CH3OP), 98.15 (CH=CHCN), 102.33, 103.85, 1 14.98, 120.91 (3 x Q, 118.47 (CN), 125.39 (C), 126.78 (Q, 127.74, 127.86 (C- Hortho), 129.78, 129.88 (Q, 131.25 (Q, 132.06 (Q, 133.44, 133.55 (Q, 133.89, 134.05 (Q, 134.62, 134.75 (Q, 135.47, 135.66 (Q, 138.78, 138.91 (Q, 149.62 (CH=CHCN), 160.40 (C=O) 31P NMR δP (162 MHz, d6-DMSO): 33.50 (IP, s)

Compound HI

[00358] A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 306 (0.63g, O.OOHmol) and 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (10ml.) The mix was treated with 1,1-carbonyldiimidazole (0.47g, 0.0028mol) added in one portion, and the mix was allowed to stir at ambient temperature until gas evolution ceased (ca. 1.5 hours.) The solution was then cooled to 50C, and was sparged with ammonia gas for 5 minutes. HPLC (Method 20, product RT=5.0 min) showed a complete reaction after one hour at ambient. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 1Og crushed ice, and was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the DME. The resulting slurry was stirred for one hour at 50C to granulate the product. The solids were filtered and dried to leave pure Compound III ((2-Carbamoyl-5-chloro-4-fluoro-lH-indol-3- yl)-[3-((E)-2-cyano-vinyl)-5-methyl-phenyl]-(S)-phosphinic acid methyl ester) as a white solid 0.56g, 89% yield. HPLC (Method 20) chemical purity 98.5%. Chiral purity 97%. [00359] A suitable reactor was charged with Compound 306 (1Og, 0.024mol) and 1,2- dimethoxyethane (150ml). The mix was treated with 1,1-carbonyldiimidazole (7.8g, 0.048mol) added in one portion, and the mix was allowed to stir at ambient temperature until gas evolution ceased. The solution was then cooled to 5°C, and was sparged with ammonia gas for 5 minutes. HPLC (Method 20, product RT=5.0 min) showed a complete reaction after one hour. The reaction was quenched by the addition of lOOg crushed ice, and was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the DME. The resulting oily solid (in water) was diluted with methanol (20ml) and stirred for one hour at 50C to granulate the product. The solids were filtered and dried to leave pure Compound III ((2-Carbamoyl-5- chloro-4-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-[3-((E)-2-cyano-vinyl)-5-methyl-phenyI]-(S)-phosphinic acid methyl ester). 9.8g, 98% yield. HPLC (Method 20) chemical purity 99.5%. Chiral purity 94.3%.

Compound III: C20Hi7ClN3O3P 413.79gmol‘ m/z (ESI+): 414.1 (MH+, 100%), 416.1 (MH+, 35%)

vmax (KBr disc) (cm“1) 1620.0 (amide I), 1670.6 (amide II), 2218.7 (CN), 3125.5, 3291.9 (N-H)

[α]D 20 : -75.08 (c, 9.04mgmr’ in CHCl3)

m.p.: 144- 1480C transition to opaque semi-solid, 209-2100C melts

Elemental analysis: C20H17ClN3O3P calculated C 58.05%, H 4.14%, N 10.15%, Cl 8.57%, P 7.49%. Found C 58.13%, H 4.08%, N 10.16%, Cl 8.69%, P 7.44% 

1H NMR δH (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): 2.32 (3H, s, Ar-CH3), 3.74 (3Η, d, CH3OP), 6.52 (1Η, d, CH=CHCN), 7.30 (1Η, dd, H-6), 7.53-7.58 (3Η, m, H-4, H-7, H-6′), 7.68 (1Η, d, CH=CHCN), 7.73 (IH, s, H-4′), 7.75 (1Η, d, H-2′), 8.02, 10.15 (2 x 1Η, 2 x s, NH2), 12.80 (1Η, s, N-H) Multiple δc values indicate splitting of carbon signal due to P. 

13C NMR δc(100 MHz, d6-DMSO): 20.77 (Ar-CH3), 51.75, 51.81 (CH3OP), 98.39, 98.91 (C-3), 98.44 (CH=CHCN), 1 15.05 (C-7), 1 18.53 (CN), 119.96 (C-4), 124.73 (C-6), 126.68 (C-5), 127.15, 127.26 (C-2′), 129.25, 129.35 (C-9), 131.37 (C-4′), 132.45, 134.04 (C-I ‘), 132.69, 132.80 (C-6′), 133.92 (C-8), 134.30, 134.44 (C-3′), 139.33, 139.46 (C-5’), 139.96, 140.17 (C-2), 149.55 (CH=CHCN), 160.65 (C=O)

 31P NMR δP (162 MHz, d6-DMSO): 33.72 (IP, s)

PATENT

http://www.google.ch/patents/WO2009120914A1?cl=en&hl=de

Figure imgf000003_0001

(2-carbamoyl-5-chloro-lH-indol-3-yl)-[3-((E)-2-cyano-vinyl)-5-methyl-phenyl]- (7?)-phosphinic acid methyl ester (I):

WO2008042240A2 * 28. Sept. 2007 10. Apr. 2008 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enantiomerically pure phosphoindoles as hiv inhibitors
US20060074054 * 16. Sept. 2005 6. Apr. 2006 Richard Storer Phospho-indoles as HIV inhibitors

Figure 7 provides an infrared spectrum of Form I.

Paper

Development of an Efficient Manufacturing Process to GSK2248761A API

 GlaxoSmithKline, Medicines Research Center, Gunnels Wood Road, Stevenage, Hertfordshire, SG1 2NY, U.K.
 Merck & Co. Inc., 126 East Lincoln Avenue, Rahway, New Jersey 07065, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00357
Abstract Image

Amidation of indole 2-carboxylate 1 with ammonia gas via the imidazolide 2 gave GSK2248761A API 3, which was in development for the treatment of HIV. Three significant impurities, namely the phosphinic acid 4, the N-acyl urea 8, and the indoloyl carboxamide 6, were formed during the reaction, and the original process was unable to produce API within clinical specification when run at scale. Investigation into the origin, fate, and control of these impurities led to a new process which was able to produce API within clinical specification.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 3H), 5.86 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 9.0 Hz, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 9.0 Hz, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H) 7.60 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 10.88 (s, 1H); 
13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 21.3, 52.1, 98.1, 100.5 (d, J = 152.5 Hz), 113.9, 117.6, 120.9, 126.2, 126.5 (d, J = 11.3 Hz) 128.7, 129.9 (d, J = 10.1 Hz), 131.7, 133.0 (d, J = 151.2 Hz), 133.2 (d, J = 8.8 Hz), 133.4 (d, J = 10.1 Hz), 134.1 (d, J= 15.1 Hz), 138.7, 139.9, 149.2 and 161.2;
 31P NMR (202 MHz, CDCl3) δ 31.4.
IR ν (cm–1) 3280, 3065, 1679, 1619, 1402, 1195 and 1010.
HRMS calcd for C20H18ClN3O3P: 414.0769; HRMS found [M + H]+: 414.0760.
PAPER

Development and Scale-Up of a Manufacturing Route for the Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitor GSK2248761A (IDX-899): Synthesis of an Advanced Key Chiral Intermediate

 GlaxoSmithKline, Medicines Research Centre, Gunnels Wood Road, Stevenage, Hertfordshire SG1 2NY, U.K.
 Merck & Co., Inc.,126 East Lincoln Avenue, Rahway, New Jersey 07065, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00356

Abstract

Abstract Image

A new and improved synthetic route to an intermediate in the synthesis of the phosphinate ester GSK2248761A is described. In the key step, we describe the first process-scale example of a palladium-catalyzed phosphorus–carbon coupling to give the entire backbone of GSK2248761A in one telescoped stage in 65% average yield on a 68 kg scale. This unusual chemistry enabled the route to be reduced from six chemistry stages to four and eliminated a number of environmentally unfriendly reagents and solvents.

REFERENCES

1: Dousson C, Alexandre FR, Amador A, Bonaric S, Bot S, Caillet C, Convard T, da Costa D, Lioure MP, Roland A, Rosinovsky E, Maldonado S, Parsy C, Trochet C, Storer R, Stewart A, Wang J, Mayes BA, Musiu C, Poddesu B, Vargiu L, Liuzzi M, Moussa A, Jakubik J, Hubbard L, Seifer M, Standring D. Discovery of the Aryl-phospho-indole IDX899, a Highly Potent Anti-HIV Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitor. J Med Chem. 2016 Feb 3. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 26804933.

2: Margolis DA, Eron JJ, DeJesus E, White S, Wannamaker P, Stancil B, Johnson M. Unexpected finding of delayed-onset seizures in HIV-positive, treatment-experienced subjects in the Phase IIb evaluation of fosdevirine (GSK2248761). Antivir Ther. 2014;19(1):69-78. doi: 10.3851/IMP2689. Epub 2013 Oct 24. PubMed PMID: 24158593.

3: Ölgen S. Recent development of new substituted indole and azaindole derivatives as anti-HIV agents. Mini Rev Med Chem. 2013 Oct;13(12):1700-8. Review. PubMed PMID: 23895189.

4: Castellino S, Groseclose MR, Sigafoos J, Wagner D, de Serres M, Polli JW, Romach E, Myer J, Hamilton B. Central nervous system disposition and metabolism of Fosdevirine (GSK2248761), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor: an LC-MS and Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization imaging MS investigation into central nervous system toxicity. Chem Res Toxicol. 2013 Feb 18;26(2):241-51. doi: 10.1021/tx3004196. Epub 2012 Dec 20. PubMed PMID: 23227887.

5: Zala C, St Clair M, Dudas K, Kim J, Lou Y, White S, Piscitelli S, Dumont E, Pietropaolo K, Zhou XJ, Mayers D. Safety and efficacy of GSK2248761, a next-generation nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor, in treatment-naive HIV-1-infected subjects. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2012 May;56(5):2570-5. doi: 10.1128/AAC.05597-11. Epub 2012 Feb 6. PubMed PMID: 22314532; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3346662.

6: Piscitelli S, Kim J, Gould E, Lou Y, White S, de Serres M, Johnson M, Zhou XJ, Pietropaolo K, Mayers D. Drug interaction profile for GSK2248761, a next generation non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2012 Aug;74(2):336-45. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2125.2012.04194.x. PubMed PMID: 22288567; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3630753.

7: La Regina G, Coluccia A, Silvestri R. Looking for an active conformation of the future HIV type-1 non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors. Antivir Chem Chemother. 2010 Aug 11;20(6):213-37. doi: 10.3851/IMP1607. Review. PubMed PMID: 20710063.

8: Klibanov OM, Kaczor RL. IDX-899, an aryl phosphinate-indole non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor for the potential treatment of HIV infection. Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2010 Feb;11(2):237-45. Review. PubMed PMID: 20112173.

9: Zhou XJ, Garner RC, Nicholson S, Kissling CJ, Mayers D. Microdose pharmacokinetics of IDX899 and IDX989, candidate HIV-1 non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, following oral and intravenous administration in healthy male subjects. J Clin Pharmacol. 2009 Dec;49(12):1408-16. doi: 10.1177/0091270009343698. Epub 2009 Sep 23. PubMed PMID: 19776293.

10: Zhou XJ, Pietropaolo K, Damphousse D, Belanger B, Chen J, Sullivan-Bólyai J, Mayers D. Single-dose escalation and multiple-dose safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics of IDX899, a candidate human immunodeficiency virus type 1 nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor, in healthy subjects. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2009 May;53(5):1739-46. doi: 10.1128/AAC.01479-08. Epub 2009 Feb 17. PubMed PMID: 19223643; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC2681571.

11: Mascolini M, Larder BA, Boucher CA, Richman DD, Mellors JW. Broad advances in understanding HIV resistance to antiretrovirals: report on the XVII International HIV Drug Resistance Workshop. Antivir Ther. 2008;13(8):1097-113. PubMed PMID: 19195337.

12: Dalton P. Two new NNRTIs enter the pipeline. Proj Inf Perspect. 2008 Sep;(46):13. PubMed PMID: 19048672.

13: Sweeney ZK, Klumpp K. Improving non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors for first-line treatment of HIV infection: the development pipeline and recent clinical data. Curr Opin Drug Discov Devel. 2008 Jul;11(4):458-70. Review. PubMed PMID: 18600563.

/////////////GSK2248761A , IDX899, Fosdevirine, PHASE 2

CC1=CC(=CC(=C1)C=CC#N)P(=O)(C2=C(NC3=C2C=C(C=C3)Cl)C(=O)N)OC

OLINCIGUAT


img2D chemical structure of 1628732-62-6

OLINCIGUAT

cas 1628732-62-6
Chemical Formula: C21H16F5N7O3
UNII-PD5F4ZXD21
Molecular Weight: 509.4

Olinciguat is a guanylate cyclase activator drug candidate.

(2R)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-{[(5-fluoro-2-{1-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]- 5-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-yl}pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]methyl}-2-hydroxypropanamide

  • Originator Ironwood Pharmaceuticals
  • Class Antifibrotics; Cardiovascular therapies
  • Mechanism of Action Soluble guanylyl cyclase agonists
  • Orphan Drug StatusNo
  • New Molecular EntityYes

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase II Gastrointestinal disorders; Sickle cell anaemia
  • Phase I Cardiovascular disorders; Fibrosis

Most Recent Events

  • 03 Jan 2018 Pharmacodynamics data from a preclinical trial in Cardiovascular disorders presented at the 59th Annual Meeting and Exposition of the American Society of Hematology (ASH-2017)
  • 21 Dec 2017 Phase-II clinical trials in Sickle cell anaemia in USA (PO)
  • 09 Dec 2017 Adverse events, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics data from a phase Ib trial in healthy volunteers presented at the 59th Annual Meeting and Exposition of the American Society of Hematology

IW-1701

Currently in Phase II Clinical Development

Area of focus:

Achalasia and Sickle Cell Disease
Dysregulation of the nitric oxide-soluble guanylate cyclase-cyclical guanosine monophosphate (NO-sGC-cGMP) signaling pathway is believed to be linked to multiple vascular and fibrotic diseases, such as achalasia and sickle cell disease.

Our candidate:

IW-1701 is an investigational soluble guanylate cyclase (sGC) stimulator from Ironwood’s diverse library of sGC stimulators, which are being investigated for their potential effects on vascular and fibrotic diseases. The compound has been shown in nonclinical studies to modulate the NO-sGC-cGMP signaling pathway and is currently being evaluated in a Phase II study in achalasia. IW-1701 is wholly-owned by Ironwood Pharmaceuticals.

sGC is the primary receptor for NO in vivo. sGC can be activated via both NO-dependent and NO-independent mechanisms. In response to this activation, sGC converts Guanosine-5′-triphosphate (GTP) into the secondary messenger cGMP. The increased level of cGMP, in turn, modulates the activity of downstream effectors including protein kinases, phosphodiesterases (PDEs) and ion channels.

In the body, NO is synthesized from arginine and oxygen by various nitric oxide synthase (NOS) enzymes and by sequential reduction of inorganic nitrate. Three distinct isoforms of NOS have been identified: inducible NOS (iNOS or NOS II) found in activated macrophage cells; constitutive neuronal NOS (nNOS or NOS I), involved in neurotransmission and long term potentiation; and constitutive endothelial NOS (eNOS or NOS III) which regulates smooth muscle relaxation and blood pressure. Experimental and clinical evidence indicates that reduced concentrations orbioavailability of NO and/or diminished responsiveness to endogenously produced NO contributes to the development of disease.

NO-independent, heme -dependent sGC stimulators, have shown several important differentiating characteristics, when compared to sGC activators, including crucial dependency on the presence of the reduced prosthetic heme moiety for their activity, strong synergistic enzyme activation when combined with NO and stimulation of the synthesis of cGMP by direct stimulation of sGC, independent of NO. The benzylindazole compound YC-1 was the first sGC stimulator to be identified. Additional sGC stimulators with improved potency and specificity for sGC have since been developed.

Compounds that stimulate sGC in an NO-independent manner offer considerable advantages over other current alternative therapies that target the aberrant NO pathway. There is a need to develop novel, well-characterized stimulators of sGC. Compound I is an sGC stimulator that has demonstrated efficacy for the treatment of a number of NO related disorders in preclinical models. Compound I was previously described in WO2014144100, Example 1, as a light orange solid. Compound I may be present in various crystalline forms and may also form several pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Compounds which enhance eNOS transcription: for example those described in WO

02/064146, WO 02/064545, WO 02/064546 and WO 02/064565, and corresponding patent documents such as US2003/0008915, US2003/0022935, US2003/0022939 and US2003/0055093. Other eNOS transcriptional enhancers including those described in US20050101599 (e.g. 2,2-difluorobenzo[l,3]dioxol-5-carboxylic acid indan-2-ylamide, and 4-fluoro-N-(indan-2-yl)-benzamide), and Sanofi-Aventis compounds AVE3085 and AVE9488 (CA Registry NO. 916514-70-0; Schafer et al., Journal of Thrombosis and Homeostasis 2005; Volume 3, Supplement 1 : abstract number P 1487);

NO independent heme-independent sGC activators, including, but not limited to: -2667 (see patent publication DE19943635)

HMR-1766 (ataciguat sodi

S 3448 (2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonylamino)-4,5-dimethoxy-N-(4-(thiomoφholine-4-sulfonyl)-phenyl)-benzamide (see patent publi

HMR-1069 (Sanofi-Aventis).

(7) Heme-dependent sGC stimulators including, but not limited to:

YC-1 (see patent publications EP667345 and DE19744026)

Riociguat (BAY 63-2521, Adempas, commercial product, described in DE19834044)

Neliciguat (BAY 60-4552, described in WO 2003095451)

Vericiguat (BAY 1021189, clinical backup to Riociguat),

BAY 41-2272 (described in DE19834047 and DE19942809)

BAY 41-8543 (described in DE I 9834044)

Etriciguat (described in WO 2003086407)

CFM-1571 (see patent publicatio

A-344905, its acrylamide analo analogue A-778935.

A-344905;

Compounds disclosed in one of publications: US20090209556, US8455638, US20110118282 (WO2009032249), US20100292192, US20110201621, US7947664, US8053455 (WO2009094242), US20100216764, US8507512, (WO2010099054) US20110218202 (WO2010065275),

US20130012511 (WO2011119518), US20130072492 (WO2011149921), US20130210798

(WO2012058132) and other compounds disclosed in Tetrahedron Letters (2003), 44(48): 8661-8663.

Pictorial synthesis

FROM PATENTS

CONSTRUCT YOUR OWN

SIDE CHAIN SHOWN ABOVE

                     FINAL STEP SHOWN ABOVE  OLINCIGUAT

PATENT

WO2014144100, Example 1

Inventors Takashi NakaiJoel MooreNicholas Robert PerlRajesh R. IyengarAra MermerianG-Yoon Jamie ImThomas Wai-Ho LeeColleen HudsonGlen Robert RENNIEJames JiaPaul Allen RENHOWETimothy Claude BardenXiang Y YuJames Edward SHEPPECKKarthik IyerJoon JungLess «
Applicant Takashi NakaiJoel MooreNicholas Robert PerlIyengar Rajesh RAra MermerianG-Yoon Jamie ImThomas Wai-Ho LeeColleen HudsonRennie Glen RobertJames JiaRenhowe Paul AllenTimothy Claude BardenXiang Y YuSheppeck James EdwardKarthik IyerJoon JungLess «

PATENT

WO 2016044447

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2016044447

Inventors Timothy Claude BardenJames Edward SHEPPECKGlen Robert RENNIEPaul Allan RenhoweNicholas PerlTakashi NakaiAra MermerianThomas Wai-Ho LeeJoon JungJames JiaKarthik IyerRajesh R. IyengarG-Yoon Jamie Im
Applicant Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Compound 195

lntermediate-36 Compound 195

[00463] lntermediate-36 (35 mg, 0.09 mmol),

(R)-2-(aminomethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropanamide (60 mg, 0.35 mmol) and

N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.10 mL, 0.56 mmol) were mixed in dimethylsulfoxide (1.5 mL) and heated at 95°C for 8 hr. The solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (2 mL) and the pH taken to 2-3 with 1 N (aq) HC1. The solution was mixed with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the organic phase was washed with water (2 x 5 mL), brine, then dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was subjected to preparative reverse phase HPLC

. . . t . + + . using a giauiciu ui water acetonitri e . tni uoroacetic aci as e uant to give me iouu i s a wnite solid (11 mg, 23% yield). ¾-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.83 (br s, 1H), 8.27 (br s, 1H), 7.49 (br s,

1H), 6.9-7.0 (m, 2H), 6.5-6.6 (m, 2H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H) ppm. Note: exchangable protons all appeared under the residual HOD peak at 4.91 ppm.

PATENT

WO-2018009609

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2018009609&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

Novel crystalline solid forms of olinciguat (presumed to be IW-1701), an SGC stimulator and their salts, such as hydrochloride acid (designated as Forms A, B, D, E, F, H and G), processes for their preparation and compositions comprising them are claimed. Also claimed are processes for preparing the crystalline forms. Further claimed are their use for treating cancer, sickle cell disease, osteoporosis, dyspepsia, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and spinal muscle atrophy

In one aspect, the invention relates to crystalline solid forms of Compound I, depicted below:

Compound I

[0009] For purposes of this disclosure, “Compound I,” unless otherwise specifically indicated, refers to the free base or to the hydrochloric acid salt of the structure denoted above. Compound I, as its crystalline free base, is highly polymorphic and known to have seven crystalline forms (Forms A, B, D, E, F, G and H) as well as multiple solvates. Compound I was previously described in

WO2014144100, Example 1, as a light orange solid.

[0010] In one embodiment, the crystalline solid forms of Compound I here disclosed are polymorphs of the free base. In another embodiment, a crystalline solid form of Compound I is the hydrochloric acid salt. In one embodiment, the polymorphs of Compound I are crystalline free base forms. In another embodiment, they are solvates.

[001 1] In another aspect, also provided herein are methods for the preparation of the above described crystalline free forms and salts of Compound I.

[0012J In another aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the polymorphs of Compound I herein disclosed, or the hydrochloric acid salt of Compound I, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. In another embodiment, the invention relates to pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising said pharmaceutical compositions.

[0013] In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating a disease, health condition or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering, alone or in combination therapy, a therapeutically effective amount of a polymorph of Compound I herein disclosed, or a mixture of polymorphs thereof, or its hydrochloric acid salt , to the subject; wherein the disease or disorder is one that may benefit from sGC stimulation or from an increase in the concentration of NO and/or cGMP.

EXAMPLES

Example 1: Preparation of crude Compound I

i): Coupling of Compound (1′) and 7V,0-Dimethylhydroxylamine to provide N-methoxy-N-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (2′)

[00238] Isooxazole-3-carboxylic acid ((l’)> 241.6 g, 2137 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), toluene (1450 mL) and DMF (7.8 g, 107 mmoles, 0.05 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The resulting slurry was heated to 45-50 °C. Oxalyl chloride (325 g, 2559 mmoles, 1.2 equiv.) was then charged via an addition funnel over the course of 2 h while maintaining the reaction temperature between 45 to 50 °C and a vigorous gas evolution was observed. A brown mixture was obtained after addition. The brown mixture was heated to 87 to 92 °C over 1 h and stirred at 87 to 92 °C for 1 h. The reaction was completed as shown by HPLC. During heating, the brown mixture turned into a dark solution. The reaction was monitored by quenching a portion of the reaction mixture into piperidine and monitoring the piperidine amide by HPLC. The dark mixture was cooled to 20-25 °C and then filtered through a sintered glass funnel to remove any insolubles. The dark filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 400 mL dark oil.

[00239] Potassium carbonate (413 g, 2988 mmoles, 1.4 equiv.) and water (1000 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The reaction solution was cooled to -10 to -5 °C. N,0-dimethylhydroxyamine hydrochloride (229 g, 2348 mmoles, 1.1 equiv.) was charged to a suitable reaction vessel and dissolved in water (1000 mL). The N,0-dimethylhydroxyamine solution and dichloromethane (2500 mL) were then charged to the potassium carbonate solution.

[00240] The above dark oil (400 mL) was then charged slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature -10 to 0 °C. The addition was slightly exothermic and a brown mixture was obtained after addition. The mixture was stirred at 0 to 5 °C over 20 min. and then warmed to 20 to 25 °C. The bottom organic layer was collected and the top aq. layer was extracted with dichloromethane (400 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 15% sodium chloride solution (1200 mL). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate (2′) as a dark oil (261.9 g, 97 wt%, 76% yield, 3 wt% toluene by Ή-ΝΜΡν, 0.04 wt % water content by KF). Ή-ΝΜΡν (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.48 (s, 1 H); 6.71(s, 1 H); 3.78 (s, 3 H); 3.38 (s, 3 H).

ii): alkylation of Compound (2′) and ethyl propiolate to provide (E)-ethyl 4-(isoxazol-3-yl)-2-(methox methyl)amino)-4-oxobut-2-enoate (3′)

(2′) (3′)

[00241] Intermediate (2′) (72.2 g, 96 wt%, 444 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), ethyl propiolate (65.7 g, 670 mmoles, 1.5 equiv.) and anhydrous THF (650 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The solution was cooled to -65 to -55 °C. Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in THF (1 M, 650 mL, 650 mmoles, 1.46 equiv.) was then charged slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature -65 to -55 °C. The mixture was stirred below -55 °C over 10 min. after addition was complete. Then 1 N HC1 (650 mL, 650 mmoles, 1.46 equiv.) was charged to quench the reaction while maintaining the reaction temperature below -20 °C followed immediately with the addition of ethyl acetate (1500 mL) and water (650 mL). The top ethyl acetate layer was collected and the bottom aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (800 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% citric acid (1000 mL) and saturated sodium chloride solution (650 mL). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a dark oil.

[00242] The dark oil was dissolved in a solution of dichloromethane/ethyl acetate/heptane

(150mL/100mL/100mL). The solution was loaded on a silica pad (410 g) and the silica pad was eluted with ethyl acetate/heptane (1/1 v/v). The filtrate (~ 3000 mL) was collected and then concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 150 mL to give a slurry upon standing. Heptane (200 mL) was then added to the slurry and the slurry was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 150 mL. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with heptane (150 mL). The filter cake was then air dried overnight to furnish intermediate (3′) as a brown solid (63.4 g, 56% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). i-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.42 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H); 6.76 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (s, 1 H); 4.47 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H); 3.75 (s, 3 H); 3.21 (s, 3 H); 1.41 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3 H). iii): cyclization of Compound 3′ and 2-fluorobenzylhydrazine to provide ethyl l-(2-fluorobenz l)-5-(isoxazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (4′)

[00243] Intermediate (3′) (72.9 g, 287 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.) and absolute ethanol (730 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C. 2-Fluorobenzylhydrazine (48.2 g, 344 mmoles, 1.2 equiv.) was then charged to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 0 to 10 °C over 1 h and then warmed to 20 to 25 °C and stirred at 20 to 25 °C over 16 h. The reaction was completed by HPLC. Concentrated HCl (33.9 g, 37 wt%, 344 mmoles, 1.2 equiv.) was charged to the reaction mixture over 1 min and the batch temperature exothermed from 20 °C to 38 °C. A slurry was obtained. The mixture was cooled to 0 to 10 °C over 1 h and stirred at 0-10 °C for 1 h. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with ethanol (200 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 30 to 40 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (4′) as an off-white solid (81.3 g, 90% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). ¾-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.47 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 7.15 – 7.26 (m, 2 H); 6.94 – 7.08 (m, 2H); 6.77 – 6.87 (m, 1 H); 6.55 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 5.95 (s, 2 H); 4.43 (q, J=7.02 Hz, 2 H); 1.41 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3 H).

iv): amination of Compound (4′) to provide l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(isoxazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazole-3-carboximidamide hydrochloride (5’B)

[00244] Anhydrous ammonium chloride (267 g, 4991 mmoles, 5.0 equiv.) and toluene (5400 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. Trimethylaluminum in toluene (2 M, 2400 mL, 4800 mmoles, 4.8 equiv.) was charged

slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature at 20 to 40 °C (Note:

Methane gas evolution was observed during addition). Then the mixture was heated to 75 to 80 °C over 30 min. and a clear white solution was obtained. Intermediate (4′) (315 g, 999 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.) was charged to reaction mixture in four equal portions over 1 h at 75 to 90 °C. The reaction was stirred at 80 to 90 °C over 30 min. and then heated to 100 to 110 °C and stirred at 100 to 110 °C over 3 h. The reaction was completed by HPLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 10 to 20 °C and methanol (461 g, 14.4 moles, 14.4 equiv.) was charged slowly via an addition funnel while

maintaining the reaction temperature 10-40 °C. Note the quenching was very exothermic and a lot gas evolution was observed. A thick slurry was obtained. A 3N HQ (6400 mL, 3 N, 19.2 moles, 19.2 equiv.) was then charged slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature at 20 to 45 °C. The mixture was heated to 80 to 85 °C and stirred at 80 to 85 °C over 10 min. to obtain a clear biphasic mixture. The mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C over 3 h and stirred at 0 to 5 °C over 1 h. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with water (3000 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 40 to 50 °C over 24 h to furnish intermediate (5’B) as an off-white solid (292 g, 91% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). ¾-ΝΜΡν (500 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ ppm 9.52 (s, 2 H); 9.33 (s, 2 H); 9.18 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H); 7.88 (s, 1 H); 7.29 – 7.38 (m, 1 H); 7.19 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 7.10 – 7.16 (m, 1 H); 7.03 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H); 6.92 – 6.98 (m, 1 H); 5.91 (s, 2 H). M.P. 180-185 °C.

v): cyclization of Compound (5’B) and diethyl fluoromalonate to provide 5-fluoro-2-(l-(2-fluorobenz l)-5-(isoxazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrimidine-4,6-diol (6′)

(5’B) (6·)

[00245] Intermediate (5’B) (224.6 g, 698 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), methanol (2250 mL) and diethyl fluoromalonate (187 g, 1050 mmoles, 1.5 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. Then sodium methoxide in methanol solution (567 g, 30 wt %, 3149 mmoles, 4.5 equiv.) was charged via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature 20 to 35 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 to 35 °C over 30 min. and a light suspension was obtained. The reaction was completed by HPLC. A solution of 1.5 N HQ (2300 mL, 3450 mmoles, 4.9 equiv.) was charged via an addition funnel over 1 h while maintaining the reaction temperature 20 to 30 °C. A white suspension was obtained. The pH of the reaction mixture was to be ~1 by pH paper. The slurry was stirred at 20 to 30 °C over 30 min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with a pre-mixed solution of methanol and water (500 mL/500 mL), and then with water (1000 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 50 to 60 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (6′) as an off-white solid (264 g, 97% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). ¾-NMR (500 MHz,

DMSO- s) δ ppm 12.82 (br. s., 1 H); 12.31 (br. s., 1 H); 9.14 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H); 7.55 (s, 1 H); 7.31 -7.37 (m, 1 H); 7.18 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 7.10 – 7.15 (m, 2 H); 6.97 – 7.02 (t, J=7.55 Hz, 1 H); 5.88 (s, 2 H).

vi): chlorination of Compound (6′) to provide 3-(3-(4,6-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-l-(2-fluorobenz l)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)isoxazole (7′)

(6«) (7«)

[00246] Intermediate (6′) (264 g, 71 1 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), acetonitrile (4000 mL) and N,N-dimethylaniline (138 g, 1 137 mmoles, 1.6 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The slurry mixture was heated to 70-80 °C. Then phosphorous oxychloride (655 g, 4270 mmoles, 6.0 equiv.) was charged via an addition funnel over 1 h while maintaining the reaction temperature 70 to 80 °C. The mixture was stirred at 75 to 80 °C over 22 h and a brown solution was obtained. The reaction was completed by HPLC. Then the mixture was cooled to between 0 and 5 °C and cotton like solids precipitated out at 25 °C. Water (3000 mL) was charged slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature at 0 to 10 °C. The slurry was stirred at 0 to 10 °C over 30 min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with a pre-mixed solution of acetonitrile and water (500 mL/500 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35 to 45 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (7′) as an off-white solid (283 g, 98% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). ‘H-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.48 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 7.44 (s, 1 H); 7.19 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 6.96 – 7.08 (m, 2 H); 6.81 – 6.88 (m, 1 H); 6.60 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 6.03 (s, 2 H).

vii): substitution of Compound (7′) with meth oxide to provide 3-(3-(4-chloro-5-fluoro-6-m

(7′) (8′)

[00247] Methanol (3400 mL) and sodium methoxide in methanol (154 mL, 5.4 M, 832 mmoles,

1.2 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The reaction mixture was heated to 23 to 27 °C. Intermediate (7′) (283 g, 693 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.) was charged to the mixture in small portions (5-10 g each portion) over 40 min while maintaining the reaction temperature 23 to 27 °C. The slurry was stirred at 23 to 27 °C over 30 min. The reaction was completed by HPLC. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (850 mL) and then water (850 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35 to 45 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (8′) as an off-white solid (277 g, 99% yield, 97% pure by HPLC). i-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 5 ppm 8.47 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H); 7.38 (s, 1 H); 7.18 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 7.01 – 7.08 (m, 1 H); 6.94 – 7.00 (m, 1 H); 6.81 – 6.88 (m, 1 H); 6.60 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 6.00 (s, 2 H); 4.21 (s, 3 H).

viii): hydrogenation of Compound (8′) to provide 3-(3-(5-fluoro-4-methoxypyrimidin-2-yl)-l-(2-fluorobenz l)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)isoxazole (9′)

[00248] Intermediate (8′) (226 g, 560 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), palladium (10% on activated carbon, nominally 50% water wet, 22.6 g, 0.01 moles, 0.018 equiv), tetrahydrofuran (3400 mL) and triethylamine (91 g, 897 mmoles, 1.6 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture via teflon tubing over 10 min. at 20 to 30 °C. Then the mixture was heated to 40 to 50 °C and hydrogen gas was bubbled into the reaction mixture via teflon tubing over 6 h while maintaining the reaction temperature 40 to 50 °C. The reaction was completed by HPLC. Nitrogen was then bubbled into the reaction mixture via teflon tubing over 10 min. at 40 to 50 °C The reaction mixture was hot filtered through Hypo Supercel™ and the filter cake was washed with tetrahydrofuran (2000 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of -1300 mL to give a slurry. Tetrahydrofuran was then solvent exchanged to methanol under reduced pressure via continuously feeding methanol (3000 mL). The final volume after solvent exchange was 1300 mL. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (500 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 20 to 25 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (9′) as a white solid (192 g, 93% yield, 98% pure by HPLC). ¾-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.47 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 8.41 (d, J=2.59 Hz, 1 H); 7.36 (s, 1 H); 7.17 – 7.24 (m, 1 H); 6.95 – 7.07 (m, 2 H); 6.83 – 6.90 (m, 1 H); 6.60 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 5.99 (s, 2 H); 4.19 (s, 3 H).

ix: demethylation of Compound (9′) to provide 5-fluoro-2-(l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(isoxazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrimidin-4-ol (10′)

[00249] Intermediate (9′) (230 g, 623 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), Me OH (3450 mL) and cone. HC1

(307 g, 37 wt%, 3117 mmoles, 5.0 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The mixture was heated to 60 to 65 °C and a solution was obtained. The mixture was then stirred at 60 to 65 °C over 17 h and a slurry was obtained. The reaction was completed by HPLC. The slurry was cooled to 20 to 25 °C over 2 h and stirred at 20 to 25 °C over 30 min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (1000 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35 to 45 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate (10′) as a white solid (214 g, 97% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). ¾-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-t/6) δ ppm 12.90 – 13.61 (br. s., 1 H); 9.11 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 8.16 (s, 1 H); 7.64 (s, 1 H); 7.29 – 7.42 (m, 1 H); 7.17 – 7.28 (m, 2 H); 7.08 – 7.15 (m, 1 H); 6.97 (s, 1 H); 5.91 (s, 3 H).

x): chlorination of Compound (10′) to provide 3-(3-(4-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-yi)isoxazole (Formula IV)


Formula IV

[00250] Intermediate (10′) (214 g, 602 mmoles, 1.0 equiv.), acetonitrile (3000 mL) and NN-dimethylaniline (109 g, 899 mmoles, 1.5 equiv.) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The slurry mixture was heated to 70 to 80 °C. Then phosphorous oxychloride (276 g, 1802 mmoles, 3.0 equiv.) was charged via an addition funnel over 30 min. while maintaining the reaction temperature 70-80 °C. The mixture was stirred at 75 to 80 °C over 2 h and a green solution was obtained. The reaction was completed by HPLC. Then the mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C. Water (1500 mL) was charged slowly via an addition funnel while maintaining the reaction temperature at 0 to 10 °C. The slurry was stirred at 0 to 10 °C over 30 min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with a pre-mixed solution of

acetonitrile and water (500 mL/500 mL) and water (500 mL). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 30 to 40 °C over 16 h to furnish intermediate of Formula IV as an off-white to pink solid (214 g, 95% yield, >99% pure by HPLC). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 ppm 8.65 (s, 1 H); 8.48 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 7.44 (s, 1 H); 7.21 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 6.97 – 7.06 (m, 2 H); 6.83 – 6.87 (m, 1 H); 6.61 (d, J=1.68 Hz, 1 H); 6.03 (s, 2 H).

a): Cyanation of intermediate (15) to provide 2-(bromomethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-((trimethylsilyl)oxy)propanenitrile (16)

(15) (16)

[00251 ] Trimethylsilanecarbonitrile ( 153 g, 1.54 moles, 0.97 equiv) and triethylamine (4.44 mL,

3.22 g, 0.032 mole, 0.02 equiv) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The mixture was cooled to 5 °C. 3-Bromo-l, l, l-trifluoropropan-2-one ((15), 304 g, 1.59 moles, 1.0 equiv) was charged via an addition funnel over 35 min, while maintaining the reaction temperature between 10 to 20 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 to 30 °C over 3 h after the addition to furnish intermediate (16) as a dense oil which was used directly in the next step. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 3.68 (d, J=1 1.14 Hz, 1 H); 3.57 (d, J=11.14 Hz, 1 H), 0.34 – 0.37 (m, 9 H).

b): Conversion of nitrile Compound (16) to amide to provide 2-(bromomethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropanamide (17)

2

(16) (17)

[00252] Concentrated sulfuric acid (339 mL, 6.37 moles, 4.0 equiv) was stirred in a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer, digital thermometer and an addition funnel. The sulfuric acid was heated to 45 °C. The above intermediate (16) was added via an addition funnel over 50 min, while keeping the temperature below 75 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 75 °C for 2 h and then allowed to cool to room temperature. ¾-NMR indicated reaction complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to -15 °C and diluted with ethyl acetate (1824 mL) via an addition funnel over 45 min (very exothermic), while keeping the temperature between -15 to 5 °C. Water ( 1520 mL) was added slowly via an addition funnel for 1 h 20 min. (very exothermic) between -10 to 0 °C. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with 15% aqueous sodium chloride solution ( 1520

mL), 25% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (911 mL) followed by 15% aqueous sodium chloride solution (911 mL). The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 348 g of intermediate (17) as light yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in methanol (1200 mL) and concentrated to furnish 380 g of intermediate (17). (296 g adjusted weight, 79% yield). i-NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 6.61 – 6.94 (m, 1 H); 5.92 – 6.26 (m, 1 H); 3.93 – 4.00 (m, 1 H); 3.68 (d, J=l 1.14 Hz, 1 H).

c): N-Alkylation of compound (17) to provide of 2-(aminomethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropanamide (14)

(17) (14)

[00253] A 7 N solution of ammonia in methanol (600 mL, 4.28 moles, 10 equiv) was charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The solution was cooled to 0 to 5 °C. Then the intermediate (17) (102 g, 0.432 moles, 1 equiv) was added via an addition funnel over 30 min at 0 to 5 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 20 to 25 °C over 1 h and held for 72 h. The reaction was completed by HPLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C and sodium methoxide (78 mL, 5.4 M, 0.421 moles, 0.97 equiv) was added over 2 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 300 mL. 2 L of ethyl acetate was added and concentration was continued under reduced pressure to a volume to 700 mL to get a slurry. 700 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the slurry to make the final volume to 1400 mL. 102 mL of water was added and stirred for 2 min to get a biphasic solution. The layers were separated. The ethyl acetate layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 600 mL. Then the ethyl acetate layer was heated to > 60 °C and heptane (600 mL) was added slowly between 55 to 60 °C. The mixture was cooled to 15 to 20 °C to give a slurry. The slurry was stirred at 15 to 20 °C for 2 h and filtered. The solids were dried under vacuum at 25 °C for 16 h to furnish amine (14) as white solid (48 g, 64% yield). ‘H-NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 2.94 (d, J= 13.73 Hz, 1H); 3.24 (d, J= 13.58 Hz, 1H).

d): chiral resolution of amine (14) as the 1:1 salt of (R)-2,2-dimethyl-5- (trifluoromethyl)oxazolidine-5-carboxamide (R)-2-hydroxysuccinate (18A) and (D)-malic acid.

(14) (ISA)

[00254] Amine (14) (105 g, 0.608 moles, 1.0 equiv.), (D)-Malic acid (82 g, 0.608 moles, 1.0 equiv.) and acetone (1571 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 to 25 °C for 16 h. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the wet cake was washed with acetone (300 mL). The wet cake was charged back to the reaction vessel, and acetone (625 mL) was charged. The slurry was heated to 53 °C and held for 6 h. The slurry was cooled to 20 to 25 °C and held at this temperature for 16 h. The slurry was filtered, and the wet cake was washed with acetone (200 mL). The wet cake was dried under vacuum at 40 °C for 4 h to furnish 82.4 g of the 1 : 1 salt of (18A) and (D)-malic acid as a white solid (82.4 g, 39% yield, 97% ee). i-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ ppm 4.33 (br, s, 1H); 3.61 (br, d, J= 13.58 Hz, 1H); 3.40 – 3.47 (m, 1H); 2.76 (br, d, J= 15.87 Hz, 1H); 2.53 – 2.63 (m, 1H); 2.16 (br, s, 4H).

e): Coupling of the 1:1 (D)-malic acid salt of intermediate (18A) and Formula IV to provide (R)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(((5-fluoro-2-(l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-5-(isoxazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)methyl)-2-hydroxypropanamide (Compound I)

Formula IV Compound I

[00255] The 1: 1 salt of intermediate (18A) and (D)-malic acid (74.1 g, 0.214 moles, 2.5 equiv) and water (44.8 mL) were charged to a suitable reaction vessel equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a digital thermometer. The reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C and stirred for 20 min. Acetone generated during the reaction was removed by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to 30 to 40 °C and Formula IV (32 g, 0.086 moles, 1.0 equiv), DMSO (448 mL) and Hunig’s base (44.7 mL, 0.257 moles, 3.0 equiv) were charged. The reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C and stirred at 90 °C over 17 h. The reaction was complete by HPLC. Then the mixture was cooled to 60 °C. Another portion of Hunig’s base (104 mL, 0.599 moles, 7.0 equiv) was charged followed by water (224 mL) at 55 to 62 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at 55 to 60 °C to form the seed bed. Water (320 mL) was added via addition funnel at 55 to 62 °C over the course of 30 min, and the resultant slurry was stirred for 1 h at 55 to 60 °C. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with a pre-mixed solution of methanol and water (320 mL/320 mL) followed by water (640 mL). The filter cake was then dried under vacuum at 40 °C over 16 h to furnish Compound I as an off-white solid (40 g, 92% yield, 99% pure by HPLC, 98% ee). ¾-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-t/6) δ ppm 9.10 (s, 1 H); 8.33 (d, J=2.90 Hz, 1 H); 7.93 (s, br, 1 H); 7.90 (s, 1 H); 7.78 (s, br, 1 H); 7.69 (s, br, 1 H); 7.52 (s, 1 H); 7.33 (q, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H); 7.17 – 7.25 (m, 1 H); 7.17 – 7.25

(m, 1 H); 7.10 (t, J=7.48 Hz, l H); 6.98 (t, J=7.55 Hz, 1 H); 5.90 (s, 2 H); 3.92-4.05 (m, 2 H).

////////////OLINCIGUAT, IW-1701, phase 2, ironwood

NC(=O)[C@](O)(CNc1nc(ncc1F)c2cc(c3ccon3)n(Cc4ccccc4F)n2)C(F)(F)F

TRILACICLIB, G1T28


ChemSpider 2D Image | Trilaciclib | C24H30N8OTrilaciclib.png

Trilaciclib

  • Molecular FormulaC24H30N8O
  • Average mass446.548 Da
  • G1T 28
CAS 1374743-00-6
2′-{[5-(4-Methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-pyridinyl]amino}-7′,8′-dihydro-6’H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-one
G1T28, SHR 6390
Spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′(6’H)-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-one, 7′,8′-dihydro-2′-[[5-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-pyridinyl]amino]-
  • 7′,8′-Dihydro-2′-[[5-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-pyridinyl]amino]spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′(6’H)-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-one
  • 2′-[[5-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]amino}-7′,8′-dihydro-6’H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,9′-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′-one
UNII:U6072DO9XG

Reduction of Chemotherapy-Induced Myelosuppression

Trilaciclib dihydrochloride
1977495-97-8

2D chemical structure of 1977495-97-8

In phase II clinical development as a chemoprotectant at G1 Therapeutics for first- or second-line treatment in patients with metastatic triple negative breast cancer, in combination with gemcitabine and carboplatin

logo

PATENT, WO 2014144326Compound 89 (also referred to as Compound T)

WO2014144847A3
Inventors Norman E. SharplessJay Copeland StrumJohn Emerson BisiPatrick Joseph RobertsFrancis Xavier Tavares
Applicant G1 Therapeutics, Inc.
Norman Sharpless
Norman Sharpless official photo.jpg
Born Norman Edward Sharpless
September 20, 1966 (age 51)
Greensboro, North Carolina
Nationality American
Other names Ned Sharpless
Occupation Director, Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center Founder, G1 Therapeutics ($GTHX)
Notable work Wellcome Distinguished Professor, American Society of Clinical Investigation Member, Association of American Cancer Institute board of directors,

NCI Director Dr. Norman E. SharplessPinterest

NCI Director Dr. Norman E. Sharpless, Credit: National Institutes of Health

Norman E. “Ned” Sharpless, M.D., was officially sworn in as the 15th director of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) on October 17, 2017. Prior to his appointment, Dr. Sharpless served as the director of the University of North Carolina (UNC) Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, a position he held since January 2014.

Dr. Sharpless was a Morehead Scholar at UNC–Chapel Hill and received his undergraduate degree in mathematics. He went on to pursue his medical degree from the UNC School of Medicine, graduating with honors and distinction in 1993. He then completed his internal medicine residency at the Massachusetts General Hospital and a hematology/oncology fellowship at Dana-Farber/Partners Cancer Care, both of Harvard Medical School in Boston.

After 2 years on the faculty at Harvard Medical School, he joined the faculty of the UNC School of Medicine in the Departments of Medicine and Genetics in 2002. He became the Wellcome Professor of Cancer Research at UNC in 2012.

Dr. Sharpless is a member of the Association of American Physicians as well as the American Society for Clinical Investigation (ASCI), the nation’s oldest honor society for physician–scientists, and served on the ASCI council from 2011 to 2014. Dr. Sharpless was an associate editor of Aging Cell and deputy editor of the Journal of Clinical Investigation. He has authored more than 150 original scientific papers, reviews, and book chapters, and is an inventor on 10 patents. He cofounded two clinical-stage biotechnology companies: G1 Therapeutics and HealthSpan Diagnostics.

In addition to serving as director of NCI, Dr. Sharpless continues his research in understanding the biology of the aging process that promotes the conversion of normal self-renewing cells into dysfunctional cancer cells. Dr. Sharpless has made seminal contributions to the understanding of the relationship between aging and cancer, and in the preclinical development of novel therapeutics for melanoma, lung cancer, and breast cancer.

Record ID Title Status Phase
NCT03041311 CarboplatinEtoposide, and Atezolizumab With or Without Trilaciclib (G1T28), a CDK 4/6 Inhibitor, in Extensive Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer (SCLC) Recruiting 2
NCT02978716 Trilaciclib (G1T28), a CDK 4/6 Inhibitor, in Combination With Gemcitabineand Carboplatin in Metastatic Triple Negative Breast Cancer (mTNBC) Recruiting 2
NCT02514447 Trilaciclib (G1T28), a CDK 4/6 Inhibitor, in Patients With Previously Treated Extensive Stage SCLC Receiving Topotecan Chemotherapy Recruiting 2
NCT02499770 Trilaciclib (G1T28), a CDK 4/6 Inhibitor, in Combination With Etoposide and Carboplatin in Extensive Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer (SCLC) Active, not recruiting 2

Synthesis

WO  2016040858

Trilaciclib (G1T28)

Trilaciclib is a potential first-in-class short-acting CDK4/6 inhibitor in development to preserve hematopoietic stem cells and enhance immune system function during chemotherapy. Trilaciclib is administered intravenously prior to chemotherapy and has the potential to significantly improve treatment outcomes.

G1 is currently evaluating trilaciclib in four Phase 2 clinical trials: three studies in patients with small-cell lung cancer (SCLC), and one study in patients with triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC). Preliminary data from the SCLC trials were presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology 2017 Annual Meeting and at the 2016 World Conference on Lung Cancer.

Data from a Phase 1 trial in healthy volunteers were presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology 2015 Annual Meeting and published in Science Translational Medicine. Trilacicilib has been extensively studied in animals; these preclinical data have been presented at several scientific meetings and published in Molecular Cancer Therapeutics, Science Translational Medicine, and Cancer Discovery.

Trilaciclib is a small molecule, competitive inhibitor of cyclin dependent kinases 4 and 6 (CDK4/6), with potential antineoplastic and chemoprotective activities. Upon intravenous administration, trilaciclib binds to and inhibits the activity of CDK4/6, thereby blocking the phosphorylation of the retinoblastoma protein (Rb) in early G1. This prevents G1/S phase transition, causes cell cycle arrest in the G1 phase, induces apoptosis, and inhibits the proliferation of CDK4/6-overexpressing tumor cells. In patients with CDK4/6-independent tumor cells, G1T28 may protect against multi-lineage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression (CIM) by transiently and reversibly inducing G1 cell cycle arrest in hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs) and preventing transition to the S phase. This protects all hematopoietic lineages, including red blood cells, platelets, neutrophils and lymphocytes, from the DNA-damaging effects of certain chemotherapeutics and preserves the function of the bone marrow and the immune system. CDKs are serine/threonine kinases involved in the regulation of the cell cycle and may be overexpressed in certain cancer cell types. HSPCs are dependent upon CDK4/6 for proliferation.

Trilaciclib (G1T28) is a CDK4/6 inhibitor in phase II clinical development as a chemoprotectant at G1 Therapeutics for first- or second-line treatment in patients with metastatic triple negative breast cancer, in combination with gemcitabine and carboplatin. Also, phase II trials are ongoing in newly diagnosed, treatment-naive small-cell lung cancer patients, in combination with carboplatin, etoposide, and atezolizumab and phase I trials in previously treated small-cell lung cancer patients, in combination with topotecan.

U.S. Patent Nos. 8,822,683; 8,598,197; 8,598,186, 8,691,830, 8,829,102, 8,822,683, 9, 102,682, 9,499,564, 9,481,591, and 9,260,442, filed by Tavares and Strum and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describe a class of N-(heteroaryl)-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-amine cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors including those of the formula with variables as defined therein):

U.S. Patent Nos. 9,464,092, 9,487,530, and 9,527,857 which are also assigned to Gl Therapeutics describe the use of the above pyrimidine-based agents in the treatment of cancer.

These patents provide a general synthesis of the compounds that is based on a coupling reaction of a fused chloropyrimidine with a heteroaryl amine to form the central disubstituted amine. Such coupling reactions are sometimes referred to as Buchwald coupling (see WO Ί56 paragraph 127; reference WO 2010/020675). The lactam of the fused chloropyrimidine, for example, a 2-chloro-spirocyclo-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-one such as Intermediate K as shown below can be prepared by dehydration of the corresponding carboxylic acid. The reported process to prepare intermediate IK requires seven steps.


(Intermediate IK; page 60, paragraph 215 of WO Ί56)

WO 2013/148748 (U.S. S.N. 61/617,657) entitled “Lactam Kinase Inhibitors” filed by Tavares, and also assigned to Gl Therapeutics likewise describes the synthesis of N-(heteroaryl)-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-amines via the coupling reaction of a fused chloropyrimidine with a heteroaryl amine to form the central disubstituted amine.

WO 2013/163239 (U.S. S.N. 61/638,491) “Synthesis of Lactams” describes a method for the synthesis of this class of compounds with the variation that in the lactam preparation step, a carboxylic acid can be cyclized with a protected amine in the presence of a strong acid and a dehydrating agent, which can be together in one moiety as a strong acid anhydride. The purported improvement is that cyclization can occur without losing the protecting group on the amine before cyclization. The typical leaving group is “tBOC” (t-butoxycarbonyl). The application teaches (page 2 of WO 2013/163239) that the strong acid is, for example, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, tribromoacetic acid anhydride, trichloroacetic acid anhydride or mixed anhydrides. An additional step may be necessary to take off the N-protecting group. The dehydrating agent can be a carbodiimide-based compound such as DCC (Ν,Ν-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), EDC (l-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide, or DIC (Ν,Ν-diisopropylcarbodiimide). DCC and DIC are in the same class of reagents-carbodiimides. DIC is sometimes considered better because it is a liquid at room temperature, which facilitates reactions.

WO 2015/061407 filed by Tavares and licensed to Gl Therapeutics also describes the synthesis of these compounds via the coupling of a fused chloropyrimidine with a heteroaryl amine to form the central disubstituted amine. WO ‘407 focuses on the lactam production step and in particular describes that the fused lactams of these compounds can be prepared by treating the carboxylic acid with an acid and a dehydrating agent in a manner that a leaving group on the amine is not removed during the amide-forming ring closing step.

Other publications that describe compounds of this general class include the following. WO 2014/144326 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes compounds and methods for protection of normal cells during chemotherapy using pyrimidine based CDK4/6 inhibitors. WO 2014/144596 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes compounds and methods for protection of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells against ionizing radiation using pyrimidine based CDK4/6 inhibitors. WO 2014/144847 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes HSPC-sparing treatments of abnormal cellular proliferation using pyrimidine based CDK4/6 inhibitors. WO2014/144740 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes highly active anti -neoplastic and anti-proliferative pyrimidine based CDK 4/6 inhibitors. WO 2015/161285 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes tricyclic pyrimidine based CDK inhibitors for use in radioprotection. WO 2015/161287 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes analogous tricyclic pyrimidine based CDK inhibitors for the protection of cells during chemotherapy. WO 2015/161283 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes analogous tricyclic pyrimidine based CDK inhibitors for use in HSPC-sparing treatments of RB-positive abnormal cellular proliferation. WO 2015/161288 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes analogous tricyclic pyrimidine based CDK inhibitors for use as anti -neoplastic and anti-proliferative agents. WO 2016/040858 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes the use of combinations of pyrimidine based CDK4/6 inhibitors with other anti-neoplastic agents. WO 2016/040848 filed by Strum et al. and assigned to Gl Therapeutics describes compounds and methods for treating certain Rb-negative cancers with CDK4/6 inhibitors and topoisomerase inhibitors.

Other biologically active fused spirolactams and their syntheses are described, for example, in the following publications. Griffith, D. A., et al. (2013). “Spirolactam-Based Acetyl-CoA Carboxylase Inhibitors: Toward Improved Metabolic Stability of a Chromanone Lead Structure.” Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 56(17): 7110-7119, describes metabolically stable spirolactams wherein the lactam resides on the fused ring for the inhibition of acetyl-CoA carboxylase. WO 2013/169574 filed by Bell et al. describes aliphatic spirolactams as CGRP receptor antagonists wherein the lactam resides on the spiro ring. WO 2007/061677 filed by Bell et al. describes aryl spirolactams as CGRP receptor antagonists wherein the lactam resides on the spiro ring. WO 2008/073251 filed by Bell et al. describes constrained spirolactam compounds wherein the lactam resides on the spiro ring as CGRP receptor antagonists. WO 2006/031606 filed by Bell et al. describes carboxamide spirolactam compounds wherein the spirolactam resides on the spiro ring as CGRP receptor antagonists. WO 2006/031610, WO 2006/031491, and WO 2006/029153 filed by Bell et al. describe anilide spirolactam compounds wherein the spirolactam resides on the spiro ring; WO 2008/109464 filed by Bhunai et al. describes spirolactam compounds wherein the lactam resides on the spiro ring which is optionally further fused.

Given the therapeutic activity of selected N-(heteroaryl)-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-amines, it would be useful to have additional methods for their preparation. It would also be useful to have new intermediates that can be used to prepare this class of compounds.

PATENT

WO 2014144596

PATENT

WO 2014144326

Compound 89 (also referred to as Compound T)

WO2014144847A3
Inventors Norman E. SharplessJay Copeland StrumJohn Emerson BisiPatrick Joseph RobertsFrancis Xavier Tavares
Applicant G1 Therapeutics, Inc.

EXAMPLES

Intermediates B, E, K, L, 1A, IF and 1CA were synthesized according to US 8,598,186 entitled CDK Inhibitors to Tavares, F.X. and Strum, J.C..

The patents WO 2013/148748 entitled Lactam Kinase Inhibitors to Tavares, F.X., WO 2013/163239 entitled Synthesis of Lactams to Tavares, F.X., and US 8,598,186 entitled CDK Inhibitors to Tavares, F.X. and Strum, J.C. are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Example 1

Synthesis of tert-butyl N- [2- [(5-bromo-2-chloro-pyrimidin-4yl)amino] ethyl] carbamate, Compound 1

Figure imgf000106_0001

To a solution of 5-bromo-2,4-dichloropyrimidine (3.2 g, 0.0135 mol) in ethanol (80 mL) was added Hunig’s base (3.0 mL) followed by the addition of a solution of N-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-l,2-diaminoethane (2.5 g, 0.0156 mole) in ethanol (20 mL). The contents were stirred overnight for 20 hrs. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (100 mL) were added and the layers separated. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and then concentrated under vacuum. Column chromatography on silica gel using hexane/ethyl acetate (0- 60%) afforded tert-butyl N-[2-[(5-bromo-2-chloro-pyrimidin-4- yl)amino]ethyl]carbamate. 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.62 (brs, 1H), 7.27 (brs, 1H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H). LCMS (ESI) 351 (M + H).

Example 2

Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[2-[[2-chloro-5-(3,3-diethoxyprop-l-ynyl)pyrimidin-4- yl] amino] ethyl] carbamate, Compound 2

Figure imgf000106_0002

To tert-butyl N-[2-[(5-bromo-2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]ethyl]carbamate (1.265 g, 6 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added the acetal (0.778 mL, 5.43 mmol), Pd(dppf)CH2Cl2 (148 g), and triethylamine (0.757 mL, 5.43 mmol). The contents were degassed and then purged with nitrogen. To this was then added Cul (29 mg). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 48 hrs. After cooling, the contents were filtered over CELITE™ and concentrated. Column chromatography of the resulting residue using hexane/ethyl acetate (0- 30%) afforded tert-butyl N- [2- [ [2-chloro-5 -(3 ,3 -diethoxyprop- 1 -ynyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]amino] ethyl] carbamate. 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.63 (brs, 1H), 7.40 (brs, 1H), 5.55 (s, 1H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 1.19 – 1.16 (m, 15H). LCMS (ESI) 399 (M + H).

Example 3

Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[2-[2-chloro-6-(diethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl] ethyl] carbamate, Compound 3

Figure imgf000107_0001

To a solution of the coupled product (2.1 g, 0.00526 mole) in THF (30 mL) was added TBAF solid (7.0 g). The contents were heated to and maintained at 65 degrees for 2 hrs. Concentration followed by column chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexane (0-50%) afforded tert-butyl N-[2-[2-chloro-6-(diethoxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]ethyl]carbamate as a pale brown liquid (1.1 g). 1FiNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 8.88 (s, 1H), 6.95 (brs, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 1.19 (m, 9H), 1.17 (m, 6H). LCMS (ESI) 399 (M + H).

Example 4

Synthesis of tert-buty\ N-[2-(2-chloro-6-formyl-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidin-7- yl)ethyl] carbamate, Compound 4

Figure imgf000108_0001

To the acetal (900 mg) from the preceeding step was added AcOH (8.0 mL) and water

(1.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hrs. Cone, and column chromatography over silica gel using ethyl acetate/hexanes (0- 60%) afforded tert-butyl N-[2-(2- chloro-6-formyl-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)ethyl]carbamate as a foam (0.510 g). 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.18 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 6.80 (brs, 1H), 4.52 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 9H). LCMS (ESI) 325 (M + H).

Example 5

Synthesis of 7- [2-(teri-butoxycarbonylamino)ethyl] -2-chloro-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine-6- carboxylic acid, Compound 5

Figure imgf000108_0002

To the aldehyde (0.940 g) from the preceeding step in DMF (4 mL) was added oxone (1.95 g, 1.1 eq). The contents were stirred at room temp for 7 hrs. Silica gel column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (0- 100%) afforded l-\2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]-2-chloro-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (0.545 g). 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.11 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 1.48 (m, 9H). LCMS (ESI) 341(M + H).

Example 6

Synthesis of methyl 7-[2-(teri-butoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]-2-chloro-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylate, Compound 6

Figure imgf000109_0001

To a solution of 2-chloro-7-propyl-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (0.545 g, 0.00156 mole) from the preceeding step in toluene (3.5 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was added TMS- diazomethane (1.2 mL). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the excess of TMS- diazomethane was quenched with acetic acid (3 mL) and the reaction was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with hexane/ethyl acetate (0- 70%) to afford methyl 7-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]-2-chloro-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylate as an off white solid (0.52 g). 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.10 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 6.81 (brs, 1H) 4.60 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 9H) LCMS (ESI) 355 (M + H).

Example 7

Synthesis of Chloro tricyclic amide, Compound 7

Figure imgf000109_0002

To methyl 7- [2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)ethyl] -2-chloro-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidine-6- carboxylate (0.50 g, 0.0014 mole) from the preceeding step in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added TFA (0.830 mL). The contents were stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. Concentration under vacuum afforded the crude amino ester which was suspended in toluene (5 mL) and Hunig’s base (0.5 mL). The contents were heated at reflux for 2 hrs. Concentration followed by silica gel column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (0- 50%) afforded the desired chloro tricyclic amide (0.260 g). 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.48 (brs, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H) 4.33 (m, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H). LCMS (ESI) 223 (M + H).

Example 8

Synthesis of chloro-N-methyltricyclic amide, Compound 8

Figure imgf000110_0001

To a solution of the chloro tricycliclactam, Compound 7, (185 mg, 0.00083 mole) in DMF (2.0 mL) was added sodium hydride (55% dispersion in oil, 52 mg). After stirring for 15 mins, methyl iodide (62 μί, 1.2 eq). The contents were stirred at room temperature for 30 mins. After the addition of methanol (5 mL), sat NaHCOs was added followed by the addition of ethyl acetate. Separation of the organic layer followed by drying with magnesium sulfate and concentration under vacuum afforded the N-methylated amide in quantitative yield. 1FiNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.05 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H) 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.05 (s, 3H). LCMS (ESI) 237 (M + H). Example 9

Synthesis of l-methyl-4-(6-nitro-3-pyridyl)piperazine, Compound 9

Figure imgf000110_0002

To 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (4.93 g, 24.3 mmole) in DMF (20 mL) was added N- methylpiperazine (2.96 g, 1.1 eq) followed by the addition of DIPEA (4.65 mL, 26.7 mmole). The contents were heated at 90 degrees for 24 hrs. After addition of ethyl acetate (200 mL), water (100 mL) was added and the layers separated. Drying followed by concentration afforded the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography using (0-10%) DCM/Methanol. 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.15 (1H, d, J = 9.3 Hz), 7.49 (1H, d, J = 9.4 Hz), 3.50 (m, 4H), 2.49 (m, 4H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

Example 10

Synthesis of 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine, Compound 10

Figure imgf000111_0001

To l-methyl-4-(6-nitro-3-pyridyl)piperazine (3.4 g) in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and ethanol (100 mL) was added 10%> Pd/C (400 mg) and then the reaction was stirred under hydrogen (10 psi) overnight. After filtration through CELITE™, the solvents were evaporated and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography using DCM/ 7N ammonia in MeOH (0- 5%) to afford 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine (2.2 g). 1HNMR (d6-DMSO) δ ppm 7.56 (1H, d, J = 3 Hz), 7.13 (1H, m), 6.36 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 5.33 (brs, 2H), 2.88 (m, 4H), 2.47 (m, 4H), 2.16 (s, 3H).

Example 11

Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(6-amino-3-pyridyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate, Compound 11

Figure imgf000111_0002

This compound was prepared as described in WO 2010/020675 Al .

Synthesis of Compound 89 (also referred to as Compound T)

Figure imgf000169_0002

Compound 89 was synthesized in a similar manner to that described for compound 78 and was converted to an HCl salt. 1HNMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.47 (br. s., 6 H) 1.72 (br. s., 2 H) 1.92 (br. s., 2 H) 2.77 (br. s., 3 H) 3.18 (br. s., 2 H) 3.46 (br. s., 2 H) 3.63 (br. s., 2 H) 3.66 (d, J=6.15 Hz, 2 H) 3.80 (br. s., 2 H) 7.25 (s, 1 H) 7.63 (br. s., 2 H) 7.94 (br. s., 1 H) 8.10 (br. s., 1 H) 8.39 (br. s., 1 H) 9.08 (br. s., 1 H) 11.59 (br. s., 1 H). LCMS (ESI) 447 (M + H)

PATENT

WO 2014144740

PATENT

WO 2016040858

Preparation of Active Compounds

Syntheses

The disclosed compounds can be made by the following general schemes:

Scheme 1

In Scheme 1, Ref-1 is WO 2010/020675 Al; Ref-2 is White, J. D.; et al. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 3600; and Ref-3 Presser, A. and Hufher, A. Monatshefte fir Chemie 2004, 135, 1015.

Scheme 2

In Scheme 2, Ref-1 is WO 2010/020675 Al; Ref-4 is WO 2005/040166 Al; and Ref-5 is Schoenauer, K and Zbiral, E. Tetrahedron Letters 1983, 24, 573.

92

93 

3) Pd/C/H2 

Scheme 6

Scheme 7

NHfOH

Scheme 8

In Scheme 8, Ref-1 is WO 2010/020675 Al; Ref-2 is WO 2005/040166 Al; and Ref-3 is Schoenauer, K and Zbiral, E. Tetrahedron Letters 1983, 24, 573.

Alternatively, the lactam can be generated by reacting the carboxylic acid with a protected amine in the presence of a strong acid and a dehydrating agent, which can be together in one moiety as a strong acid anhydride. Examples of strong acid anhydrides include, but are not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, tribromoacetic acid anhydride, trichloroacetic acid anhydride, or mixed anhydrides. The dehydrating agent can be a carbodiimide based compound such as but not limited to DCC (Ν,Ν-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), EDC (l-ethyl-3-(3-

dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide or DIC (Ν,Ν-diisopropylcarbodiimide). An additional step may be necessary to take off the N-protecting group and the methodologies are known to those skilled in the art.

Alternatively, the halogen moiety bonded to the pyrimidine ring can be substituted with any leaving group that can be displaced by a primary amine, for example to create an intermediate for a final product such as Br, I, F, SMe, SO2Me, SOalkyl, SO2alkyl. See, for Exmaple PCT /US2013/037878 to Tavares.

Other amine intermediates and final amine compounds can be synthesized by those skilled in the art. It will be appreciated that the chemistry can employ reagents that comprise reactive functionalities that can be protected and de-protected and will be known to those skilled in the art at the time of the invention. See for example, Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th edition, John Wiley and Sons.

Scheme 9

CDK4/6 Inhibitors of the present invention can be synthesized according to the generalized Scheme 9. Specific synthesis and characterization of the Substituted 2-aminopyrmidines can be found in, for instance, WO2012/061156.

Compounds T, Q, GG, and U were prepared as above and were characterized by mass spectrometry and NMR as shown below:

Compound T

1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO- d6) ppm 1.47 (br. s., 6 H) 1.72 (br. s., 2 H) 1.92 (br. s., 2 H) 2.77 (br. s., 3 H) 3.18 (br. s., 2 H) 3.46 (br. s., 2 H) 3.63 (br. s., 2 H) 3.66 (d, J=6.15 Hz, 2 H) 3.80 (br. s., 2 H) 7.25 (s, 1 H) 7.63 (br. s., 2 H) 7.94 (br. s., 1 H) 8.10 (br. s., 1 H) 8.39 (br. s., 1 H) 9.08 (br. s., 1 H) 11.59 (br. s., 1 H). LCMS ESI (M + H) 447.

PATENT

WO-2018005865

Synthesis of N-(heteroaryl)-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-amines. The application appears to be particularly focused on methods for the preparation of trilaciclib and an analog of it. Trilaciclib is the company’s lead CDK4/6 inhibitor presently in phase II trials against small-cell lung cancer and triple negative breast cancer. Interestingly, the company is working on a second CDK4/6 inhibitor, G1T38 , which is in a phase II trial against breast cancer.

GENERAL METHODS

The structure of starting materials, intermediates, and final products was confirmed by standard analytical techniques, including NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. Unless otherwise noted, reagents and solvents were used as received from commercial suppliers. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were obtained on a Bruker AVANCE 500 at 500 MHz in DMSO-dis. HPLC analyses were performed on a Waters HPLC using the below HPLC method.

HPLC Method

Column: Atlantis T3 (150 χ 4.6, 3 μιη)

Column Temperature: 40°C

Flow Rate: 1 mL/min

Detection: UV @ 275 nm

Analysis Time: 36 min

Mobile Phase A: Water (with 0.1% Trifluoroacetic Acid)

Mobile Phase B : Acetonitrile (with 0.1% Trifluoroacetic Acid)

Sample preparation: dissolve PC sample, wet or dry solid (~1 mg of active compound) in acetonitrile/water (1/1) to achieve complete dissolution.

HPLC Method Gradient

Example 1. General Routes of Synthesis

Scheme 1-1 : Starting from an appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine is subjected to l,4-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-3-one in the presence of base and heat to afford a substituted spirolactam. In Step 2 the appropriately substituted spirolactam is protected with a group selected from R2. In Step 3 the protected spirolactam is cyclized in the presence of base to afford a fused spirolactam. The fused spirolactam can be optionally oxidized to a sulfoxide or sulfone after Step 3, Step 4, Step 5, or Step 6. Oxidation prior to Step 3 results in undesired byproducts. In Step 4 the hydroxyl group of the fused spirolactam is converted to a leaving group.

In Step 5 the leaving group is dehydrated to afford a compound of Formula IV. In Step 6 the compound of Formula IV is optionally deprotected.

Scheme 1-2: Starting from an appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine is subjected to l,4-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-3-one in the presence of base and heat to afford a substituted spirolactam. In Step 2 the appropriately substituted spirolactam is protected with a group selected from R2. In Step 3 the protected spirolactam is cyclized in the presence of base to afford a fused spirolactam of Formula IV. The fused spirolactam can be optionally oxidized to a sulfoxide or sulfone after Step 3 or Step 4. Oxidation prior to Step 3 results in undesired byproducts. In Step 4 the compound of Formula IV is optionally deprotected.

Scheme 1-3 : Starting from an appropriately substituted alkyl glycinate, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted alkyl glycinate is subjected to cyclohexanone and TMSCN in the presence of base to afford a cyano species. In Step 2 the appropriately substituted cyanospecies is reduced and subsequently cyclized to afford a compound of Formula I.

Scheme 1-4

Scheme 1-4: Starting from an appropriately substituted l-(aminomethyl)cyclohexan-l-amine, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted l-(aminomethyl)cyclohexan-l -amine is reductively aminated with an aldehyde. In Step 2 the appropriately substituted cyclohexane amine is optionally deprotected (i.e.: the group selected from R2 if not H is optionally replaced by H). In Step 3 the cyclohexane amine is cyclized to afford a compound of Formula I. In Step 4 the compound of Formula I is optionally protected.

1-5

Conversion

Scheme 1-5: Starting from an appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine is subjected to l,4-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-3-one in the presence of base and heat to afford a

substituted spirolactam. In Step 2 the protected spirolactam is cyclized in the presence of base to afford a fused spirolactam. The fused spirolactam can be optionally oxidized to a sulfoxide or sulfone after Step 2, Step 3, Step 4, or Step 5. Oxidation prior to Step 2 results in undesired byproducts. In Step 3 the hydroxyl group of the fused spirolactam is converted to a leaving group. In Step 4 the leaving group is dehydrated to afford a compound of Formula IV. In Step 5 the compound of Formula IV is optionally deprotected.

S

Scheme 1-6: Starting from an appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the appropriately substituted halo pyrimidine is subjected to l,4-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-3-one in the presence of base and heat to afford a substituted spirolactam. In Step 2 the protected spirolactam is cyclized in the presence of base to afford a fused spirolactam of Formula IV. The fused spirolactam can be optionally oxidized to a sulfoxide or sulfone after Step 2 or Step 3. Oxidation prior to Step 2 results in undesired byproducts. In Step 3 the compound of Formula IV is optionally deprotected.

Scheme 1-7: Starting from compound of Formula IV a CDK4/6 inhibitor can be prepared. In Step 1 a heteroaryl amine is subjected to a base and a compound of Formula IV is added slowly under chilled conditions to afford a nucleophilic substitution reaction. The compound of Formula IV can previously be prepared as described in the schemes herein.

Example 2. Representative Routes of Synthesis

Scheme 2-1

quant, yield 2 steps

isolated

70% yield 2 steps 75% yield 95% yield

isolated isolated isolated

Scheme 2-1 : An ester route is one embodiment, of the present invention. Ideally, the best synthesis scheme would afford crystalline intermediates to provide material of consistent purity without column chromatography, and high yielding steps while using safe and cost effective reagents when possible.

The first step in the ester route is a SNAr nucleophilic substitution of CI group in commercially available ester 3 using spirolactam 4. Due to low reactivity of 4, a reaction temperature of 85-95 °C was required. Because of the temperature requirements, DIPEA and dimethylacetamide were selected as the base and solvent, respectively. The reaction follows second-order kinetics and usually stalls after -85% conversion. Therefore, the reaction was typically stopped after 60 hours by first cooling it to room temperature at which point solid formation was observed. The mixture was then partitioned between MTBE and water and product was filtered with excellent purity with -53% yield of the desired product 5. The obtained

compound 5 was protected with a Boc group using Boc anhydride and DMAP as the catalyst and dichloromethane as the solvent. The intermediate 6 was obtained in a quantitative yield. Due to the semi-solid nature of compound 6, the material was taken to the next step without further purification. The Dieckmann condensation was initially performed with strong bases such as LiHMDS and tBuOK. A similar result to the aldehyde route (Scheme 2-2) was obtained: a partial deprotection of Boc group was observed that required column chromatography. However, the best results were obtained when DBU was used as base and THF as solvent. The reaction outcome was complete, clean conversion of 6 to 7. Moreover, the product crystallized from the reaction mixture upon seeding, and a quantitative yield was obtained for the two steps.

The hydroxyl group of 7 was removed via a two-step procedure. First, compound 7 was converted completely into triflate 8 using triflic anhydride and triethylamine in dichloromethane. The reaction was found to proceed well at 0°C. Due to the potential instability of the triflate intermediate, it was not isolated. It was immediately taken to the next step and reduced with triethylsilane and palladium tetrakis to afford the product 9 after ethyl acetate crystallization in -70% yield. The Boc group of 9 was removed using trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane to afford 10. Intermediate 10 was converted into the final sulfone 11 using Oxone™ in acetonitrile/water solvent system.

The obtained sulfone 11 was use-tested in the coupling step and was found to perform well. In conclusion, the route to sulfone 11 was developed which eliminated the use of column chromatography with good to excellent yields on all steps.

Scheme 2-2


Molecular Weight: 421 

Scheme 2-2: The first step of Scheme 2-2 consistently afforded product 13 contaminated with one major impurity found in substantial amount. Thorough evaluation of the reaction impurity profile by LC-MS and 2D MR was performed, which showed the impurity was structurally the condensation of two aldehyde 12 molecules and one molecule of lactam 4. Therefore, column chromatography was required to purify compound 13, which consistently resulted in a modest 30% yield. A solvent screen revealed that sec-butanol, amyl alcohol, dioxane, and tert-butanol can all be used in the reaction but a similar conversion was observed in each case. However, tert-butanol provided the cleanest reaction profile, so it was selected as a solvent for the reaction. Assessing the impact of varying the stoichiometric ratio of 4 and 12 on the reaction outcome was also investigated. The reaction was performed with 4 equivalents of amine 4 in an attempt to disrupt the 2: 1 aldehyde/amine composition of the impurity. The result was only a marginal increase in product 13 formation. The temperature impact on the reaction outcome was evaluated next. The coupling of aldehyde 12 and 4 was investigated at two different temperatures: 50 °C and 40 °C with 1 : 1 ratio of aldehyde/amine. Reactions were checked at 2 and 4 hours and then every 12 hours. The reaction progress was slow at 50°C and was accompanied by growth of other impurities. The reaction at 40°C was much cleaner; however the conversion was lower in the same time period. The mode of addition of the reagents was investigated as well at 80°C with a slow addition (over 6 hours) of either aldehyde 12 or amine 4 to the reaction mixture. The product distribution did not change and an about 1 to 1 ratio was observed between product and impurity when amine 4 was added slowly to the reaction mixture containing aldehyde 12 and

DIPEA at reflux. The product distribution did change when aldehyde 12 was added slowly to the mixture of amine 4 and DIPEA. However, the major product of the reaction was the undesired impurity. Other organic bases were tried as well as different ratios of DIPEA. No product was observed when potassium carbonate was used as a base. The results of the experiments are presented in Table 1 below.

Table 1

Compound 13 was successfully formed in three cases: triethylamine, 2,6-lutidine and DIPEA, with the DIPEA result being the best. The use of Boc protected spirolactam 4 had no effect on the impurity formation as well. Its utilization was speculated to be beneficial in performing the coupling step together with the following step, preparation of compound 14.

The major impurity formed during Step 1 of Scheme 2-2 is:

Chemical Formula:€2)Η(¾ 62ί>2

Molecular Weight: 527.4903

The second step (Boc protection of the free lactam) proceeded well using DMAP as a catalyst in dichloromethane at room temperature. The product 14 is a thick oil, and, therefore, cannot be purified by crystallization. The Boc protected intermediate 14 was cyclized successfully into the desired pentacyclic structure 10 upon treatment with a strong base such as LiHMDS or tBuOK. Surprisingly, the Boc group was partially removed during the reaction. The level of deprotection was independent from the internal reaction temperature and was positively correlated with excess of base used. Therefore the mixture of the desired product 10 and 10-Boc compound was treated with acid to completely deprotect Boc group. The conversion of methyl sulfide into the final sulfone 11 was carried out with Oxone™. Initially a mixture of methanol and water was used for the reaction. As the result, a partial displacement of sulfone by methoxy group was detected. The methanol was replaced with acetonitrile and the sulfone displacement was eliminated.

In summary, the ester route (Scheme 2-1) is preferred because:

1. Formation of the impurity during the first step of Scheme 2-2 was unavoidable and resulted in yields of < 35%.

2. Column purification was required to isolate intermediate 14.

3. The aldehyde starting material was not commercially available and required two synthetic steps from the corresponding ester.

Scheme 2-3 : Starting with cyclohexanone, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 the methyl glycinate is subjected to cyclohexanone and TMSCN in the presence of tri ethyl amine in DCM to afford 15. In Step 2 15 hydrogenated with hydrogen gas in the presence of catalytic platinum oxide and subsequently undergoes an intramolecular cyclization to afford compound 16 which is used in the schemes above.

Scheme 2-4: Starting with compound 17, compounds of the present invention can be prepared. In Step 1 compound 17 is subjected to ethyl 2-oxoacetate in the presence platinum on carbon and hydrogen gas to afford compound 18. In Step 2 compound 18 is Boc-deprotected with hydrochloric acid. In Step 3 compound 18 is cyclized to afford compound 16 which is used in the schemes above.

Scheme 2-5

11 19

Scheme 2-5: Starting from compound 11 the CDK 4/6 inhibitor 19 can be prepared. In Step 1 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine is subjected to LiHMDS and compound 11 is added slowly under chilled conditions to afford a nucleophilic substitution reaction and compound 19. Compound 11 can be prepared as described in the schemes herein.

Scheme 2-6: Starting from compound 11 the CDK 4/6 inhibitor 20 can be prepared. In Step 1 5-(4-isopropylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine is subjected to LiHMDS and compound 11 is added slowly under chilled conditions to afford a nucleophilic substitution reaction and compound 20. Compound 11 can be prepared as described in the schemes herein.

Preparation of Compound 5:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet, and reflux condenser was charged with ethyl 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate 3 (49.2 g, 0.21 mol, 1.00 equiv.), spirolactam 4 (39.2 g, 0.23 mol, 1.10 equiv.), DIPEA (54.7 g, 0.42 mol, 2.00 equiv.), and DMAc (147.6 mL, 3 vol). The batch was heated to 90-95 °C, and after 60 h, IPC confirmed -14% (AUC) of ethyl 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate remained. The batch was cooled to RT, and precipitate formation was observed. The suspension was diluted with MTBE (100 mL, 2 vol) and water (442 mL, 9 vol) and stirred for 2 h at RT. The product was isolated by vacuum filtration and washed with MTBE (49 mL, 1 vol). The solid cake was conditioned for 1 h and dried under vacuum at 40 °C for 16 h to afford compound 5 [41.0 g, 53% yield] as an off-white solid with a purity of >99% AUC. ¾ MR (CDCh): δ 8.76 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.51-6.29 (br, 1H), 4.33 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 2.92 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.37 (m, 12H). LCMS (ESI, m/z = 365.3 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 6:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with 5 [41.0 g, 0.11 mol, 1.00 equiv.], Boc-anhydride (36.8 g, 0.17 mol, 1.50 equiv.), DMAP (1.37 g, 0.01 mol, 0.10 equiv.), and dichloromethane (287 mL, 7 vol). The batch was stirred for 3 h at RT. IPC confirmed no starting material remained (AUC). The batch was concentrated into a residue under reduced pressure and taken to the next step (a quantitative yield is assumed for this step). An aliquot (200 mg) was purified by column chromatography (heptanes/ethyl acetate 0 to 100%) to afford compound 6. 1H MR (CDCh): δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 4.31 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.83 (S, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 172 (m, 3H), 1.59 (m, 15H), 1.42 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS (ESI, m/z = 465.2 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 7:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with compound 6 [residue from a previous step, quantitative yield assumed, 52.2 g, 0.11 mol, 1.00 equiv.], and THF (261 mL, 5 vol). The batch was cooled to 0°C and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]un-dec-7-ene (17.1 g, 0.11 mmol, 1.00 equiv.) was added keeping the internal temperature in 0-10°C range. After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to RT and after 2 h, IPC confirmed no starting material remained. The batch was seeded with the product (1.0 g) and was cooled to 0°C. The slurry was stirred at 0°C for 2 h. The product was isolated by vacuum filtration and washed with cold (0°C) THF (50 mL, 1 vol). The solid cake was conditioned for 1 h and dried under vacuum at 40°C for 16 h to afford 7 [47 g, quantitative yield] as a light orange solid with a purity of >99% AUC. The color of the product changed into yellow once the batch was exposed to air for an extended period of time (~ 1 day). Material was isolated with substantial amount DBU, according to proton NMR. However, it did not interfere with the next step. 1H MR (CDCh): δ 8.71 (s, 1H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.85 (m, 10H), 1.51 (s, 9H). LCMS (ESI, m/z = 419.2 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 8:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with 7 [40.8 g, 0.10 mol, 1.00 equiv.], triethylamine (31.5 g, 0.31 mol, 3.20 equiv.), and dichloromethane (408 mL, 10 vol). The batch was purged with N2 for 15 min and was cooled to 0°C. Triflic anhydride (44.0 g, 0.16 mol, 1.60 equiv.) was added keeping the

internal temperature in 0-10°C range. The batch was stirred at 0°C and after 3 h, IPC confirmed -7.0% (AUC) of 7 remained. [It was speculated that the product was hydrolyzing back into starting material during the analysis.] Once the reaction was deemed complete, the batch was transferred to a 1 L, separatory funnel and was washed with 50% saturated sodium bicarbonate (200 mL, 5 vol). [It was prepared by mixing saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) with water (100 mL)).] The aqueous layer was separated and was extracted with DCM (2×40 mL, 1 vol). The organic layers were combined and concentrated into a residue under reduced pressure and taken to the next step. LCMS (ESI, m/z = 551.6 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 9:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with compound 8 [residue from a previous step, quantitative yield assumed, 53.7 g, 0.10 mol, 1.00 equiv.], and THF (110 mL, 2 vol). The solvent was removed under vacuum distillation and the procedure was repeated two times. The flask was charged with triethylsilane (22.7 g, 0.20 mol, 2.00 equiv.), and DMF (268 mL, 5 vol). The batch was degassed by five cycles of evacuation, followed by backfilling with nitrogen. The flask was charged with tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (11.3 g, 0.01 mol, 0.1 equiv.). The batch was heated to 45-50°C, and after 14 h, IPC confirmed no starting material remained. The batch was transferred to a 500 mL, separatory funnel while still warm. The reaction was partitioned between water (5 vol) and ethyl acetate (5 vol). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x3 vol). The organic layers were combined and concentrated down to 2 volumes. The precipitate was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (2x 1 vol). The solid cake was conditioned for 1 h and dried under vacuum at 40°C for 16 h to afford 9 [27.5 g, 70% yield] as a yellow solid with a purity of -98% AUC. Proton NMR showed some triphenylphosphine oxide present. ¾ NMR (DMSO-i¾):5 9.01 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.81 (m, 5H), 1.51 (s, 9H). LCMS (ESI, m/z = 403.4 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 10 from the Scheme 2-1 route:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged 9 (12.8 g, 31.8 mmol, 1.00 equiv.) and dichloromethane (64 mL, 5 vol). Trifluoroacetic acid (18.2 g, 159 mmol, 5.00 equiv.) was added over 20 min and the solution was stirred for 2 h at RT. IPC confirmed reaction was complete. The batch was transferred to a 500 mL, separatory funnel and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (200 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichlorom ethane (3 x3 vol). The organic layers were combined and concentrated down to 1 volume. The precipitate was filtered and conditioned for 1 h and dried under vacuum at 40 °C for 16 h to afford 9 [6.72 g, 70% yield] as an off-white solid with a purity of 99.1% AUC. ¾ NMR (DMSO-dis): δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 3.68 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 3H), 1.39 (m, 3H). LCMS, ESI, m/z = 303.2 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 10 from Scheme 2-2 route:

A 50 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged 14 (680 mg, 1.62 mmol, 1.00 equiv.) and THF (6.8 mL, 10 vol). A I M solution of potassium tert-butoxide (3.2 mL, 3.24 mmol, 2.00 equiv.) in THF was added over 10 min and the solution was stirred for 2 h at RT. IPC confirmed reaction was complete. The batch was acidified with 4 N hydrogen chloride solution in dioxane (2.4 mL, 9.72 mmol, 6.00 equiv.) and stirred for additional 1 h. The batch was transferred to a 500 mL, separatory funnel and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x20 vol). The organic layers were combined and concentrated down to 3volumes and product precipitated. The precipitate was filtered and conditioned for 1 h and dried under vacuum at 40 °C for 16 h to afford 9 [489 mg, quantitative yield] as an off-white solid.

Preparation of Compound 11 :

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with 10 (9.00 g, 29.8 mmol, 1.00 equiv.), and acetonitrile (180 mL, 20 vol). A solution of Oxone™ (45.9 g, 0.15 mol, 5.00 equiv.) in water (180 mL, 20 vol) was added to the batch over 20 min. The batch was stirred for 2 h and IPC confirmed the reaction was complete. The batch was concentrated down to ½ of the original volume and was extracted with dichloromethane DCM (4x 10 vol). The organic layers were combined; polish filtered and concentrated down to -10 vol of DCM. The product was slowly crystallized out by addition of heptanes (-30 vol). The mixture was cooled to 0°C and the product was filtered and dried under vacuum at 40 °C for 16 h to afford 11 [9.45 g, 95% yield] as an off-white solid with a purity of >99% AUC. ¾ NMR (CDCb): 5 9.24 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 3.89 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 3H), 1.50 (m, 3H). LCMS (ESI, m/z = 335.2 [M+H]).

Preparation of Compound 13:

A 250 mL, single-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet, and reflux condenser was charged with 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (2.00 g, 10.6 mmol, 1.00 equiv.), spirolactam 4 (1.96 g, 11.7 mmol, 1.10 equiv.), DIPEA (2.74 g, 21.2 mmol, 2.00 equiv.), and fert-butanol (20 mL, 10 vol). The batch was heated to 80-85 °C, and after 24 h, IPC confirmed no aldehyde 12 remained. The batch was cool to RT and concentrated into a residue, which was loaded on silica gel column. The product was eluted with ethyl acetate/heptanes (0% to 100%). The product containing fractions were pulled out and concentrated to afford 13 [0.98 g, 29% yield] as an off-white solid.

Preparation of Compound 14:

A 500 mL, three-neck flask equipped with a mechanical overhead stirrer, thermocouple, N2 inlet was charged with 13 [0.98 g, 3.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv.], Boc-anhydride (4.90 g, 21.5 mmol, 7.00 equiv.), DMAP (36 mg, 0.30 mmol, 0.10 equiv.), and dichloromethane (7 mL, 7 vol). The batch was stirred for 3 h at RT. IPC confirmed no starting material remained. The batch was cool to RT and concentrated into a residue, which was loaded on silica gel column. The product was eluted with ethyl acetate/heptanes (0% to 100%). The product containing fractions were pulled out and concentrated to afford 14 [0.98 g, 29% yield] as an off-white solid.

Preparation of Compound 15:

To a suspension of methyl glycinate (500 g, 3.98 mol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 L) was added

TEA dropwise at rt under nitrogen atmosphere, followed by the addition of cyclohexanone (781 g, 7.96 mol, 2 eq) dropwise over 15 min. To the resulting mixture was added TMSCN (591 g, 5.97 mol, 1.5 eq) dropwise over 1 hour while maintaining the internal reaction temperature below 35

°C. After stirred at rt for 2 hrs, the suspension became a clear solution. The progress of the reaction was monitored by H- MR.

When the methyl glycinate was consumed completely as indicated by H-NMR analysis, the reaction was quenched by water (5 L). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (1 L). The combined organic phase was washed with water (5 L X 2) and

dried over Na2S04 (1.5 Kg). After filtration and concentration, 1.24 Kg of crude 15 was obtained as oil.

The crude 15 was dissolved in IPA (4 L). The solution was treated with HC1/IPA solution (4.4 mol/L, 1.1L) at RT. A large amount of solid was precipitated during the addition. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hrs. The solid product was collected by vacuum filtration and rinsed with MTBE (800 mL). 819 g of pure 15 was obtained as a white solid. The yield was 88.4%. ¾- MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.40 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H), 1.95-2.02 (d, J = 12 Hz, 2H), 1.55-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.20-1.40 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 16:

To a solution of 15 (10 g, 43 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was added methanolic hydrochloride solution (2 .44 mol/L, 35.3 mL, 2 eq) and Pt02 (0.5 g, 5 wt %). The reaction suspension was stirred with hydrogen bubble at 40 °C for 6 hours. H- MR analysis showed consumption of 15. To the reaction mixture was added K2CO3 (15 g, 108 mmol, 2.5 eq) and the mixture was stirred for 3 hrs. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residual oil was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and resulting suspension was stirred for 3 hrs. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated to provide crude 16 (6.6 g) as an oil. The crude 16 was diluted with EtOAc/hexane (1 : 1, 18 mL) at rt for 2 hrs. After filtration, 16 (4 g) was isolated. The obtained 16 was dissolved in DCM (16.7 mL) and hexane (100 mL) was added dropwise to precipitate the product. After further stirred for 1 h, 2.8 g of the pure 16 was isolated as a white solid. The yield was 39%. HPLC purity was 98.3%; MS (ESI): 169.2 (MH+); 1 H-NMR (300 MHz, D2O) 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.49 (m, 10H).

Preparation of compound 19:

5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine (803.1 g; 3.0 equivalents based on sulfone 11) was charged to a 22 L flask. The flask was blanketed with N2 and anhydrous THF added (12.4 kg). The resulting black-purple solution was cooled in an ice bath to < 5°C. 1M LiHMDS (4.7 L; 1.2 equivalents based on sulfone 11) was added via an addition funnel in three equal additions to keep the temperature below 10°C. Upon the completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to 16°C. The sulfone 11 (455.1 g; 1.00 equivalents) was added in five additions. Reaction proceeded until HPLC analysis of an IPC sample indicated less than 3% of sulfone 11 remained.

To quench the reaction, the contents of the 22L flask were transferred to a 100 L flask containing water. After stirring for 30 minutes at <30°C, the crude product was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to afford 19 (387 g, 99.1% purity, 63.7% yield).

Preparation of compound 20:

5-(4-isopropylpiperazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-amine (1976.2 g; 3.0 equivalents based on sulfone 11) was charged to a 50 L flask. The flask was blanketed with N2 and anhydrous THF added (10.7 kg). The resulting black-purple solution was cooled in an ice bath to < 5°C. 1M LiHMDS (9.6 kg; 3.6 equivalents based on sulfone) was added via an addition funnel at a rate to keep the temperature below 10°C. Upon the completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to 16°C over 120 minutes by removing the ice bath. The sulfone (1000 g; 1.00 mol) was added in five additions. The reaction proceeded until HPLC analysis of an IPC sample indicated less than 1% of sulfone 11 remained. After completion of the reaction, ammonium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture stirred at < 32°C for at least 30 minutes and the solids collected by filtration to afford 20 (900 g, 99.1% purity, 64.2% yield).

Alternate Route to Spirolactam via cyclohexanone:

Scheme 2-7

26

In one embodiment the spirolactam is made via the synthetic scheme above. By reducing the nitrile group before addition of the glycinate group the reaction sequence proceeds in higher yield. The chemistry used in Step 1 is described in the literature (J. Org. Chem. 2005, 70,8027-8034), and was performed on a kilogram scale. The chemistry to convert Compound 24 into the

spirolactam was also demonstrated on kilogram scale. The Boc protection of Compound 23, is carried out at -70°C in order to limit formation of the di-Boc protected product. Experimental details of a 200 g pilot run are described below.

Step 1

200 g of cyclohexanone 21 was converted to 22 using Ti(Oi-Pr)4 /TMSCN/NH3. After work-up, 213 g of 22 was obtained. The H- MR was clean. The yield was 84%. The titanium salts were removed by vacuum filtration. In one embodiment, the titanium salts are removed by centrifugation or Celite filtration.

Step 2

190 g of 22 was mixed with LAH (2 eq) in MTBE for 30 minutes at 45°C. After work-up, 148 g of crude 23 was obtained.

Step 3

136 g of the crude 23 from step 2 was converted to 24 with 0.9 eq of B0C2O at -70°C. The reaction was completed and worked up. After concentration, 188 g of 24 was obtained. The yield was 86%. The H-NMR and C-NMR spectra confirmed that the compound was pure.

Step 4

188 g of 24 was subjected to methyl 2-bromoacetate and K2CO3 in acetonitrile to afford 25. 247 g of crude 25 was obtained.

Step 5

247 g of 25 was subjected to TFA in DCE heated to reflux to afford 26. After work-up, 112 g of 6 as TFA salt was obtained. H- MR was clean.

Step 6

26 27

Compound 26 was stirred in EtOH in the presence at room temperature overnight to afford 27. In one embodiment DCM is used as the solvent instead of EtOH.

Example 3. Purge of residual palladium from Step 5 Scheme 2-1:

Since palladium was used in Step 5 of Scheme 2-1, the levels of residual Pd present in the subsequent synthetic steps was determined. Table 2 below and Figure 3 show the palladium levels in the isolated solids.

Table 2

The material after Step 5 was isolated containing 1.47% (14700 ppm) of residual palladium. This data represents the highest level of palladium in the worst case scenario. The workup conditions of the latter steps purged nearly all of the palladium and the final product, 19 bis HC1 salt, contained 14 ppm of Pd, which is below the standard 20 ppm guidline. The Pd levels will likely be even lower once the catal st loading is optimized in Step 5.

19

The process developed in this route was a significant improvement over the one used for the first generation synthesis. Overall, the scheme consists of seven steps with five isolations, all by crystallization. No silica column chromatography is employed in the synthesis, which makes the process highly scalable. The process workup conditions can successfully purge the 1.47% of residual palladium after step 5 of Scheme 2-1.

Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US8829012 CDK inhibitors
2014-01-23
2014-09-09
US8598197 CDK inhibitors
2013-04-24
2013-12-03
US8598186 CDK inhibitors
2013-04-24
2013-12-03
US8691830 CDK inhibitors
2013-04-24
2014-04-08
US2014274896 Transient Protection of Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cells Against Ionizing Radiation
2014-03-14
2014-09-18
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2015297607 Tricyclic Lactams for Use in the Protection of Normal Cells During Chemotherapy
2015-04-17
2015-10-22
US2015297608 Tricyclic Lactams for Use as Anti-Neoplastic and Anti-Proliferative Agents
2015-04-17
2015-10-22
US9487530 Transient Protection of Normal Cells During Chemotherapy
2014-03-14
2014-09-18
US2017057971 CDK Inhibitors
2016-11-10
US2017037051 TRANSIENT PROTECTION OF NORMAL CELLS DURING CHEMOTHERAPY
2016-10-07
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2017100405 HSPC-Sparing Treatments for RB-Positive Abnormal Cellular Proliferation
2016-12-21
US2017065597 Transient Protection of Normal Cells During Chemotherapy
2016-11-03
US2016310499 Highly Active Anti-Neoplastic and Anti-Proliferative Agents
2016-07-01
US2016220569 CDK4/6 Inhibitor Dosage Formulations For The Protection Of Hematopoietic Stem And Progenitor Cells During Chemotherapy
2016-02-03
2016-08-04
US2015297606 Tricyclic Lactams for Use in the Protection of Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cells Against Ionizing Radiation
2015-04-17
2015-10-22
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US9717735 Tricyclic Lactams for Use in HSPC-Sparing Treatments for RB-Positive Abnormal Cellular Proliferation
2015-04-17
2015-10-22
US9527857 HSPC-Sparing Treatments for RB-Positive Abnormal Cellular Proliferation
2014-03-14
2014-09-18
US2014271460 Highly Active Anti-Neoplastic and Anti-Proliferative Agents
2014-03-14
2014-09-18
US2017182043 Anti-Neoplastic Combinations and Dosing Regimens using CDK4/6 Inhibitor Compounds to Treat RB-Positive Tumors
2017-03-13
US2017246171 Treatment Of RB-Negative Tumors Using Topoisomerase Inhibitors In Combination With Cyclin Dependent Kinase 4/6 Inhibitors
2017-03-13

///////////////TRILACICLIB, G1T28, G1T 28, SHR 6390, PHASE 2, G1 Therapeutics, Inc.

CN1CCN(CC1)C2=CN=C(C=C2)NC3=NC=C4C=C5C(=O)NCC6(N5C4=N3)CCCCC6

BMS-986020


imgImage result for BMS-986020

BMS-986020

AM-152; BMS-986020; BMS-986202

cas 1257213-50-5
Chemical Formula: C29H26N2O5
Molecular Weight: 482.536

(R)-1-(4′-(3-methyl-4-(((1-phenylethoxy)carbonyl)amino)isoxazol-5-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, 1-(4′-(3-methyl-4-((((1R)-1-phenylethoxy)carbonyl)amino)-5-isoxazolyl)(1,1′-biphenyl)-4-yl)-

1-(4′-(3-Methyl-4-(((((R)-1-phenylethyl)oxy)carbonyl)amino)isoxazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid

UNII: 38CTP01B4L

For treatment for pulmonary fibrosis, phase 2, The lysophosphatidic acid receptor, LPA1, has been implicated as a therapeutic target for fibrotic disorders

Lysophospholipids (LPs), including lysophosphatidic acid (LPA), sphingosine 1-phospate (S1P), lysophosphatidylinositol (LPI), and lysophosphatidylserine (LysoPS), are bioactive lipids that transduce signals through their specific cell-surface G protein-coupled receptors, LPA1-6, S1P1-5, LPI1, and LysoPS1-3, respectively. These LPs and their receptors have been implicated in both physiological and pathophysiological processes such as autoimmune diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, fibrosis, pain, cancer, inflammation, metabolic syndrome, bone formation, fertility, organismal development, and other effects on most organ systems.

Image result for Amira Pharmaceuticals

  • Originator Amira Pharmaceuticals
  • DeveloperB ristol-Myers Squibb; Duke University
  • Class Antifibrotics; Azabicyclo compounds; Carboxylic acids; Small molecules; Tetrazoles
  • Mechanism of Action Lysophosphatidic acid receptor antagonists
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Fibrosis
  • Phase II Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • Phase IPsoriasis

Most Recent Events

  • 05 May 2016 Bristol-Myers Squibb plans a phase I trial for Psoriasis in Australia (PO, Capsule, Liquid) (NCT02763969)
  • 01 May 2016 Preclinical trials in Psoriasis in USA (PO) before May 2016
  • 14 Mar 2016 Bristol-Myers Squibb withdraws a phase II trial for Systemic scleroderma in USA, Canada, Poland and United Kingdom (PO) (NCT02588625)

BMS-986020, also known as AM152 and AP-3152 free acid, is a potent and selective LPA1 antagonist. BMS-986020 is in Phase 2 clinical development for treating idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. BMS-986020 selectively inhibits the LPA receptor, which is involved in binding of the signaling molecule lysophosphatidic acid, which in turn is involved in a host of diverse biological functions like cell proliferation, platelet aggregation, smooth muscle contraction, chemotaxis, and tumor cell invasion, among others

Image result for BMS-986020

PRODUCT PATENT

GB 2470833, US 20100311799, WO 2010141761

Hutchinson, John Howard; Seiders, Thomas Jon; Wang, Bowei; Arruda, Jeannie M.; Roppe, Jeffrey Roger; Parr, Timothy

Assignee: Amira Pharmaceuticals Inc, USA

Image result for Hutchinson, John Howard AMIRA

John Hutchinson

PATENTS

WO 2011159632

WO 2011159635

PATENT

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2013025733&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

WO 2013025733

Synthesis of Compound 74

Synthetic Route (Scheme XLV)

Compound 74 Compound 74a

[0562] Compound XLV-1 was prepared by the same method as described in the synthesis of compound 1-4 (Scheme 1-A).

[0563] To a solution of compound XLV-1 (8 g, 28.08 mmol) in dry toluene (150 mL) was added compound XLV-2 (1.58 g, 10.1 mmol), triethylamine (8.0 mL) and DPPA (9.2 g, 33.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C for 3 hours. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA = 10 IX) to give compound XLV-3 (9.4 g, yield: 83 %). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)+402.0.

[0564] Compound 74 was prepared analogously to the procedure described in the synthesis of Compound 28 and was carried through without further characterization.

[0565] Compound 74a was prepared analogously to the procedure described in the synthesis of Compound 44a. Compound 74a: 1HNMR (DMSO-d6 400MHz) δ 7.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 7 H), 5.78 (q, 1 H), 2.15 (s, 3 H), 1.52 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (br, 2 H), 0.74 (br, 2 H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)+ 483.1.

Paper

Development of a Concise Multikilogram Synthesis of LPA-1 Antagonist BMS-986020 via a Tandem Borylation–Suzuki Procedure

Chemical and Synthetic Development, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, One Squibb Drive, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00301

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00301

Abstract Image

The process development for the synthesis of BMS-986020 (1) via a palladium catalyzed tandem borylation/Suzuki reaction is described. Evaluation of conditions culminated in an efficient borylation procedure using tetrahydroxydiboron followed by a tandem Suzuki reaction employing the same commercially available palladium catalyst for both steps. This methodology addressed shortcomings of early synthetic routes and was ultimately used for the multikilogram scale synthesis of the active pharmaceutical ingredient 1. Further evaluation of the borylation reaction showed useful reactivity with a range of substituted aryl bromides and iodides as coupling partners. These findings represent a practical, efficient, mild, and scalable method for borylation.

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.19 (dd, J = 6.8, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (dd, J = 6.8, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.56 (br s, 3H), 2.14 (br s, 3H), 5.78 (br s, 1H), 6.9–7.45 (br, 5H), 7.45 (br d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (br d, 2H), 7.82 (br d, 2H), 8.87 (br s, 0.8H), 9.29 (s, 0.2H), 12.39 (br s, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.2, 15.8, 22.4, 28.3, 72.8, 113.8, 125.4, 125.6, 126.2, 126.3, 127.1, 127.7, 128.4, 130.9, 137.4, 140.0, 141.5, 142.2, 154.4, 159.6, 160.8, 175.2. HRMS (ESI+) Calculated M + H 483.19145, found 483.19095.

REFERENCES

1: Kihara Y, Mizuno H, Chun J. Lysophospholipid receptors in drug discovery. Exp
Cell Res. 2015 May 1;333(2):171-7. doi: 10.1016/j.yexcr.2014.11.020. Epub 2014
Dec 8. Review. PubMed PMID: 25499971; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4408218.

//////////////BMS-986020,  AM 152, BMS 986020, BMS 986202, Orphan Drug, BMS, Amira Pharmaceuticals, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Duke University, Antifibrotics, PHASE 2, pulmonary fibrosis

O=C(C1(C2=CC=C(C3=CC=C(C4=C(NC(O[C@H](C)C5=CC=CC=C5)=O)C(C)=NO4)C=C3)C=C2)CC1)O

Funapide, TV 45070, XEN-402, фунапид فونابيد 呋纳匹特


Image result for TV 450702D chemical structure of 1259933-16-8

ChemSpider 2D Image | Funapide | C22H14F3NO5Funapide.png

Funapide TV 45070,  XEN-402,  Funapide, (+)-

фунапид
فونابيد
呋纳匹特
  • Molecular FormulaC22H14F3NO5
  • Average mass429.345 Da

(S)-1′-[(5-Methyl-2-furyl)methyl]spiro[6H-furo[3,2-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indoline]-2′-one

Spiro(furo(2,3-F)-1,3-benzodioxole-7(6H),3′-(3H)indol)-2′(1’H)-one, 1′-((5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-furanyl)methyl)-, (3’S)-

(3’S)-1′-((5-(Trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methyl)-2H,6H-spiro(furo(2,3-F)(1,3)benzodioxole-7,3′-indol)-2′(1’H)-one

Spiro[furo[2,3-f]-1,3-benzodioxole-7(6H),3′-[3H]indol]-2′(1’H)-one, 1′-[[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-furanyl]methyl]-, (7S)-
TV-45070
UNII-A5595LHJ2L
XEN-401-S
XEN402
(3’S)-1′-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}-2H-6H-spiro[furo[2,3-f]-1,3-benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1’H)-one
(7S)-1′-{[5-(Trifluoromethyl)-2-furyl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1’H)-one
1259933-16-8 CAS
UNII-A5595LHJ2L

Phase II clinical trials for Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN)

Treatment of Neuropathic Pain

  • Originator Xenon Pharmaceuticals
  • Developer Teva Pharmaceutical Industries; Xenon Pharmaceuticals
  • Class Benzodioxoles; Fluorobenzenes; Furans; Indoles; Non-opioid analgesics; Small molecules; Spiro compounds
  • Mechanism of Action Nav1.7-voltage-gated-sodium-channel-inhibitors; Nav1.8 voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitors
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Erythromelalgia

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase II Erythromelalgia; Postherpetic neuralgia
  • No development reported Dental pain; Pain
  • Discontinued Musculoskeletal pain

Most Recent Events

  • 09 May 2017 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries completes a phase IIb trial for Postherpetic neuralgia in USA (Topical) (NCT02365636)
  • 26 Sep 2016 Adverse events data from a phase II trial in Musculoskeletal pain presented at the 16th World Congress on Pain (PAN – 2016)
  • 19 Aug 2015 No recent reports of development identified – Phase-I for Pain (In volunteers) in Canada (PO)

MP 100 – 102 DEG CENT EP2538919

S ROT  ALPHA 0.99 g/100ml, dimethyl sulfoxide, 14.04, US 20110087027

Funapide (INN) (former developmental code names TV-45070 and XEN402) is a novel analgesic under development by Xenon Pharmaceuticals in partnership with Teva Pharmaceutical Industries for the treatment of a variety of chronic pain conditions, including osteoarthritisneuropathic painpostherpetic neuralgia, and erythromelalgia, as well as dental pain.[1][2][3][4] It acts as a small-moleculeNav1.7 and Nav1.8 voltage-gated sodium channel blocker.[1][2][4] Funapide is being evaluated in humans in both oral and topicalformulations, and as of July 2014, has reached phase IIb clinical trials.[1][3]

Image result for TV 45070

Sodium channels play a diverse set of roles in maintaining normal and pathological states, including the long recognized role that voltage gated sodium channels play in the generation of abnormal neuronal activity and neuropathic or pathological pain. Damage to peripheral nerves following trauma or disease can result in changes to sodium channel activity and the development of abnormal afferent activity including ectopic discharges from axotomised afferents and spontaneous activity of sensitized intact nociceptors. These changes can produce long-lasting abnormal hypersensitivity to normally innocuous stimuli, or allodynia. Examples of neuropathic pain include, but are not limited to, post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, chronic lower back pain, phantom limb pain, and pain resulting from cancer and chemotherapy, chronic pelvic pain, complex regional pain syndrome and related neuralgias.

There have been some advances in treating neuropathic pain symptoms by using medications, such as gabapentin, and more recently pregabalin, as short-term, first-line treatments. However, pharmacotherapy for neuropathic pain has generally had limited success with little response to commonly used pain reducing drugs, such as NSAIDS and opiates. Consequently, there is still a considerable need to explore novel treatment modalities.

There remain a limited number of potent effective sodium channel blockers with a minimum of adverse events in the clinic. There is also an unmet medical need to treat neuropathic pain and other sodium channel associated pathological states effectively and without adverse side effects. PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2006/110917, PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2010/045251 , PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2010/045197, PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2011/047174 and PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2011/002708 discloses certain spiro-oxindole compounds. These compounds are disclosed therein as being useful for the treatment of sodium channel-mediated diseases, preferably diseases related to pain, central nervous conditions such as epilepsy, anxiety, depression and bipolar disease;

cardiovascular conditions such as arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and ventricular fibrillation; neuromuscular conditions such as restless leg syndrome; neuroprotection against stroke, neural trauma and multiple sclerosis; and channelopathies such as erythromelalgia and familial rectal pain syndrome.

Methods of preparing these compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them are also disclosed in PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2006/110917, PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2010/045251 , PCT

Published Patent Application No. WO 2010/045197, PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2011/047174 and PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2011/002708.

Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) is a rare disorder that is defined as significant pain or abnormal sensation 120 days or more after the presence of the initial rash caused by shingles. This pain persists after the healing of the associated rash. Generally, this affliction occurs in older individuals and individuals suffering from immunosuppression. There are about one million cases of shingles in the US per year, of which 10–20% will result in PHN.
Topical analgesics such as lidocaine and capsaicin are traditionally used to treat this disorder. Both lidocaine and TV-45070 have a mechanism of action that involves the inhibition of voltage-gated sodium ion channels.
TV-45070 (formerly XEN-402) was in-licensed by Teva from Xenon Pharmaceuticals and is reported to be an antagonist of the Nav1.7 sodium ion channel protein.
It is currently in Phase II clinical trials for PHN. Interestingly, the loss of function of the Nav1.7 sodium ion channel was reported to result in the inability to experience pain as a hereditary trait in certain individuals.
Primary erythromelalgia is another rare disease where alterations in Nav1.7 or mutations in the corresponding encoding gene SCN9A have been reported to result in chronic burning pain that can last for hours or even days. Thus, compounds which regulate this protein have potential therapeutic value as analgesics for chronic pain.
Image result for XENON PHARMA
PATENT
US 20100331386
WO 2011106729
US 20110087027
US 20110086899
US 20130143941
US 20130210884
WO 2013154712
 US 20150216794
WO 2016127068
WO 2016109795
CN 106518886
US 20170239183
SYNTHESIS
WO 2013154712
 CONTD…….
Synthesis
CN 106518886
PATENT
US 20100331386
Preparation of the (S)-Enantiomer of the Invention
The (S)-enantiomer of the invention and the corresponding (R)-enantiomer are prepared by the resolution of the compound of formula (I), as set forth above in the Summary of the Invention, using either chiral high pressure liquid chromatography methods or by simulated moving bed chromatography methods, as described below in the following Reaction Scheme wherein “chiral HPLC” refers to chiral high pressure liquid chromatography and “SMB” refers to simulated moving bed chromatography:
Figure US20100331386A1-20101230-C00006
The compound of formula (I) can be prepared by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2006/110917, by methods disclosed herein, or by methods known to one skilled in the art.
One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize variations in the above Reaction Scheme which are appropriate for the resolution of the individual enantiomers.
Alternatively, the (S)-enantiomer of formula (I-S) and the (R)-enantiomer of formula (I-R), can be synthesized from starting materials which are known or readily prepared using process analogous to those which are known.
Preferably, the (S)-enantiomer of the invention obtained by the resolution methods disclosed herein is substantially free of the (R)-enantiomer or contains only traces of the (R)-enantiomer.
The following Synthetic Examples serve to illustrate the resolution methods disclosed by the above Reaction Schemes and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
Synthetic Example 1Synthesis of 1-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1′H)-one (Compound of formula (I))
Figure US20100331386A1-20101230-C00007
To a suspension of spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1′H)-one (1.0 g, 3.6 mmol), which can be prepared according to the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2006/110917, and cesium carbonate (3.52 g, 11 mmol) in acetone (50 mL) was added 2-bromomethyl-5-trifluoromethylfuran (1.13 g, 3.9 mmol) in one portion and the reaction mixture was stirred at 55-60° C. for 16 hours. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (1/9-1/1) to afford 1′-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1 ′H)-one, i.e., the compound of formula (I), (1.17 g, 76%) as a white solid: mp 139-141° C.;
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.32-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.72 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 5.90-5.88 (m, 2H), 5.05, 4.86 (ABq, JAB=16.1 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 176.9, 155.7, 153.5, 148.8, 142.2, 141.9, 140.8, 140.2, 139.7, 139.1, 132.1, 129.2, 124.7, 124.1, 123.7, 121.1, 120.1, 117.6, 114.5, 114.4, 110.3, 109.7, 103.0, 101.9, 93.8, 80.0, 57.8, 36.9;
MS (ES+) m/z 430.2 (M+1), 452.2 (M+23); Cal’d for C22H14F3NO5: C, 61.54%; H, 3.29%; N, 3.26%; Found: C, 61.51%; H, 3.29%; N, 3.26%.
Synthetic Example 2Resolution of Compound of Formula (I) by Chiral HPLC
The compound of formula (I) was resolved into the (S)-enantiomer of the invention and the corresponding (R)-enantiomer by chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Chiralcel® OJ-RH; 20 mm I.D.×250 mm, 5 mic; Lot: OJRH CJ-EH001 (Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd)

Eluent: Acetonitrile/Water (60/40, v/v, isocratic)

Flow rate: 10 mL/min

Run time: 60 min

Loading: 100 mg of compound of formula (I) in 1 mL of acetonitrileTemperature: Ambient

Under the above chiral HPLC conditions, the (R)-enantiomer of the compound of formula (I), i.e., (R)-1′-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]-benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1′H)-one, was isolated as the first fraction as a white solid; ee (enantiomeric excess)>99% (analytical OJ-RH, 55% acetonitrile in water); mp 103-105° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.32-6.99 (m, 5H), 6.71 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 5.13, 5.02 (ABq, JAB=16.4 Hz, 2H), 4.82, 4.72 (ABq, JAB=9.4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 177.2, 155.9, 152.0, 149.0, 142.4, 142.0, 141.3, 132.0, 129.1, 123.9, 120.6, 119.2, 117.0, 112.6, 109.3, 108.9, 103.0, 101.6, 93.5, 80.3, 58.2, 36.9; MS (ES+) m/z 430.2 (M+1), [α]D−17.46° (c 0.99, DMSO).

The (S)-enantiomer of the compound of formula (I), i.e., (S)-1′-{[5-(trifluoromethypfuran-2-yl]methyl}spiro-[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1′H)-one was isolated as the second fraction as a white solid; ee >99% (analytical OJ-RH, 55% acetonitrile in water); mp 100-102° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.32-6.99 (m, 5H), 6.71 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.12, 5.02 (ABq, JAB=16.4 Hz, 2H), 4.82, 4.72 (ABq, JAB=9.4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (75MHz, CDCl3) δ 177.2, 155.9, 152.0, 149.0, 142.4, 142.0, 141.3, 132.0, 129.1, 123.9, 120.6, 119.2, 117.0, 112.6, 109.3, 108.9, 103.0, 101.6, 93.5, 80.3, 58.2, 36.9; MS (ES+) m/z 430.2 (M+1), [α]D+14.04° (c 0.99, DMSO)

Synthetic Example 3Resolution of Compound of Formula (I) by SMB Chromatography

The compound of formula (I) was resolved into the (S)-enantiomer of the invention and the corresponding (R)-enantiomer by SMB chromatography under the following conditions:

Extract: 147.05 mL/min, Raffinate: 76.13 mL/min Eluent: 183.18 mL/min Feed: 40 mL/min Recycling: 407.88 mL/min Run Time: 0.57 min Temperature: 25° C. Pressure: 46 bar

The feed solution (25 g of compound of formula (I) in 1.0 L of mobile phase (25:75:0.1 (v:v:v) mixture of acetonitrile/methanol/trifluoroacetic acid)) was injected continuously into the SMB system (Novasep Licosep Lab Unit), which was equipped with eight identical columns in 2-2-2-2 configuration containing 110 g (per column, 9.6 cm, 4.8 cm I.D.) of ChiralPAK-AD as stationary phase. The first eluting enantiomer (the (R)-enantiomer of the compound of formula (I)) was contained in the raffinate stream and the second eluting enantiomer (the (S)-enantiomer of the compound of formula (I)) was contained in the extract stream. The characterization data of the (S)-enantiomer and the (R)-enantiomer obtained from the SMB resolution were identical to those obtained above utilizing chiral HPLC.

The compound of formula (I) was resolved into its constituent enantiomers on a Waters preparative LCMS autopurification system. The first-eluting enantiomer from the chiral column was brominated (at a site well-removed from the stereogenic centre) to give the corresponding 5′-bromo derivative, which was subsequently crystallized to generate a single crystal suitable for X-ray crystallography. The crystal structure of this brominated derivative of the first-eluting enantiomer was obtained and its absolute configuration was found to be the same as the (R)-enantiomer of the invention. Hence, the second-eluting enantiomer from the chiral column is the (S)-enantiomer of the invention. Moreover, the material obtained from the extract stream of the SMB resolution had a specific optical rotation of the same sign (positive, i.e. dextrorotatory) as that of the material obtained from the aforementioned LC resolution.

Patent

WO 2013154712

EXAMPLE 8

Synthesis of (7S)-1 ‘-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2- yllmethylJspirotfurop.S-flll .Sl enzoclioxole-y.S’-indoll-Zil ‘Wi-one

Compound of formula (ia1 )

Figure imgf000095_0001

To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (3S)-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3- (hydroxymethyl)-1-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one prepared according to the procedure described in Example 7 (16.4 mmol) and 2- (diphenylphosphino)pyridine (5.2 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (170 mL) was added di-ferf-butylazodicarboxylate (4.5 g, 20 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C, then the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (170 mL), washed with 3 N hydrochloric acid (7 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (80 mL), decolorizing charcoal (15 g) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was filtered while hot through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated in a mixture of diethyl ether/hexanes to afford (7S)-1 ‘-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro- [furo[2,3-/][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)-one (1.30 g) as a colorless solid in 18% yield. The mother liquor from the trituration was concentrated in vacuo, trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL) was added and the mixture stirred for 3 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL), 3 N hydrochloric acid (4 x 60 mL) and brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford further (7S)-1 ‘-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro- [furo[2,3- ][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)-one (2.6 g) as a colorless solid (37% yield, overall yield 55% over 2 steps): H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) £7.29-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 6.50 (s, 1 H), 6.38 (s, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (br s, 2H), 5.06 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.93-4.84 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.65 (m, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 429.8 (M + 1 ); ee (enantiomeric excess) >99.5% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl tert- butyl ether).

EXAMPLE 9

Synthesis of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 H-indole-2,3-dione

Compound of formula (15a)

Figure imgf000096_0001

A. To a suspension of hexanes-washed sodium hydride (34.0 g, 849 mmol) in anhydrous Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide (400 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of isatin (99.8 g, 678 mmol) in anhydrous Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide (400 mL) dropwise over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C and a solution of benzhydryl bromide (185 g, 745 mmol) in anhydrous N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 16 h and heated at 60 °C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and water (500 mL) was added. The mixture was poured into water (2 L), causing a precipitate to be deposited. The solid was collected by suction filtration and washed with water (2000 mL) to afford 1-(diphenylmethyl)-1H-indole-2,3- dione (164 g) as an orange solid in 77% yield.

B. Alternatively, to a mixture of isatin (40.0 g, 272 mmol), cesium carbonate (177 g, 543 mmol) and A/./V-dimethylformamide (270 mL) at 80 °C was added dropwise a solution of benzhydryl bromide (149 g, 544 mmol) in N,N- dimethyiformamide (200 mL) over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 3 h, allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate (1000 mL). The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (4 x 200 mL), 1 N

hydrochloric acid (200 mL) and brine (4 x 200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 1 -(diphenylmethyl)-1 H-indole-2,3-dione (59.1 g) as an orange solid in 69% yield. The mother liquor from the trituration was concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated in diethyl ether to afford a further portion of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 H- indole-2,3-dione (8.2 g) in 10% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) £7.60 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 1 1 H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.48 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 313.9 (M + 1 ).

C. Alternatively, a mixture of isatin (500 g, 3.4 mol) and anhydrous N,N- dimethylformamide (3.5 L) was stirred at 15-35 °C for 0.5 h. Cesium carbonate (2.2 kg, 6.8 mol) was added and the mixture stirred at 55-60 °C for 1 h. A solution of benzhydryl bromide (1.26 kg, 5.1 mol) in anhydrous N, A/-dimethylformamide (1.5 L) was added and the resultant mixture stirred at 80-85 °C for 1 h, allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered. The filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (12.5 L). To the combined filtrate and washes was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (5 L). The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2.5 L). The combined organic extracts were washed with 1 N hydrochloric acid (2 * 2.5 L) and brine (3 χ 2.5 L) and concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 750 mL. Methyl ferf-butyl ether (2 L) was added and the mixture was cooled to 5-15 °C, causing a solid to be deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with methyl ferf- butyl ether (250 mL) and dried in vacuo at 50-55 °C for 16 h to afford 1- (diphenylmethyl)-1 H-indole-2,3-dione (715 g) as an orange solid in 67% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.60 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.48 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 313.9 (M + 1 ).

EXAMPLE 10

Synthesis of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1 ,3- dihydro-2H-indol-2-one

Compound of formula (16a1 )

Figure imgf000097_0001

A. To a solution of sesamol (33.1 g, 239 mmol) in anhydrous

tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) at 0 °C was added dropwise a 2 M solution of

isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (104 mL, 208 mmol), followed by 1 – (diphenylmethyl)-1H-indole-2,3-dione (50.0 g, 160 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (1500 mL), washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (400 mL) and brine (2 x 400 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with a mixture of diethyl ether and hexanes to afford 1- (diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-in

2- one (70.7 g) as a colorless solid in 98% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) <59.12 (br s, 1 H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 10H), 7.09-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1 H), 6.56- 6.55 (m, 1 H), 6.47-6.46 (m, 1 H), 6.29-6.28 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.52 (br s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 433.7 (M – 17).

B. Alternatviely, a mixture of sesamol (0.99 kg, 7.2 mol) and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (18 L) was stirred at 15-35 °C for 0.5 h and cooled to -5-0 °C.

Isopropyl magnesium chloride (2.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 3.1 L, 6.2 mol) was added, followed by 1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 H-indole-2,3-dione (1.50 kg, 4.8 mol) and further anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 L). The mixture was stirred at 15-25 °C for 5 h. Ethyl acetate (45 L) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 L) were added. The mixture was stirred at 15-25 °C for 0.5 h and was allowed to settle for 0.5 h. The phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with brine (2.3 L) and concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 4 L. Methyl ferf-butyl ether (9 L) was added and the mixture concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 4 L. Heptane (6 L) was added and the mixture was stirred at 15-25 °C for 2 h, causing a solid to be deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with methyl tert- butyl ether (0.3 L) and dried in vacuo at 50-55 °C for 7 h to afford 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3- hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (2.12 kg) as an off-white solid in 98% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 9.12 (br s, 1 H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 10H), 7.09-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1 H), 6.56-6.55 (m, 1 H), 6.47-6.46 (m, 1 H), 6.29-6.28 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.52 (br s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 433.7 (M – 17).

EXAMPLE 1 1

Synthesis of 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1 ,3- dihydro-2H-indol-2-one

Compound of formula (17a1)

Figure imgf000098_0001

A. A mixture of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3- benzodioxol-5-yl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (30.0 g, 66.5 mmol), benzyl bromide (8.3 mL, 70 mmol), and potassium carbonate (18.4 g, 133 mmol) in anhydrous N,N- dimeihylformamide (100 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with /V,A/-dimethylformamide (100 mL). The filtrate was poured into water (1000 mL) and the resulting precipitate was collected by suction filtration and washed with water to afford 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol- 5-yl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (32.0 g) as a beige solid in 83% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.42-7.28 (m, 9H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.10- 6.93 (m, 3H), 6.89-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.53 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (br s, 1 H), 5.88 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 4.66 (d, J = 14.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.51 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 542.0 (M + 1), 523.9 (M – 17).

B. Alternatively, to a solution of 1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (2.1 kg, 4.6 mol) in anhydrous A/,A/-dimethylformamide (8.4 L) at 20-30 °C was added potassium carbonate (1.3 kg, 9.2 mol), followed by benzyl bromide (0.58 L, 4.8 mol). The mixture was stirred at 20-30 °C for 80 h and filtered. The filter cake was washed with

A/,/V-dimethylformamide (0.4 L) and the filtrate was poured into water (75 L), causing a solid to be deposited. The mixture was stirred at 15-25 °C for 7 h. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 L) and dried in vacuo at 50-60 °C for 48 h to afford 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1 ,3- dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (2.1 1 kg) as an off-white solid in 84% yield; 1H NMR (300

MHz, CDCI3) £7.42-7.28 (m, 9H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.10-6.93 (m, 3H), 6.89-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.53 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (br s, 1 H), 5.88 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 4.66 (d, J = 14.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.51 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 542.0 (M + 1 ).

EXAMPLE 12

Synthesis of 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1 -(diphenylmethyl)-l ,3-dihydro-2H- indol-2-one

Compound of formula (18a1 )

Figure imgf000099_0001

A. To a solution of 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1- (diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (32.0 g, 57.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) followed by triethylsilane (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyi acetate (250 mL), washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 100 mL) and brine (3 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5- yl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (19.0 g) as a colorless solid in 61 % yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.31 -7.23 (m, 15H), 7.10-6.88 (m, 4H), 6.50-6.45 (m, 3H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.97-4.86 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 525.9 (M + 1).

B. Alternatively, to a solution of 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1- (diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (2.0 kg, 3.7 mol) in

dichloromethane (7 L) at 20-30 °C was added trifluoracetic acid (2.5 L), followed by triethylsilane (3.1 L). The mixture was stirred at 15-35 °C for 4 h and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (16 L) and the mixture was stirred at 15-35 °C for 0.5 h, washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 x 7 L) and brine (3 χ 7 L) and concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 7 L. Methyl ferf-butyl ether (9 L) was added and the mixture concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 9 L and stirred at 10-20 °C for 2.5 h, during which time a solid was deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with methyl te/t-butyl ether (0.4 L) and dried in vacuo at 50-55 °C for 7 h to afford 3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3- benzodioxol-5-yl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (1 .26 kg) as an off-white solid in 65% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) £7.31 -7.23 (m, 15H), 7.10- 6.88 (m, 4H), 6.50-6.45 (m, 3H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.97-4.86 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 525.9 (M + 1).

EXAMPLE 13

Synthesis of (3S)-3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-1 –

(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one

Compound of formula (19a1 )

Figure imgf000100_0001

A. To a nitrogen-degassed mixture of 50% w/w aqueous potassium hydroxide (69.6 mL, 619 mmol), toluene (100 mL), and (9S)-1 -(anthracen-9- ylmethyl)cinchonan-1 -ium-9-ol chloride (0.50 g, 0.95 mmol) cooled in an ice/salt bath to an internal temperature of -18 °C was added a nitrogen-degassed solution of 3-[6- (benzyloxy)-l ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1 -(diphenylmethyl)-l ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (10.0 g, 19.0 mmol) and benzyl chloromethyl ether (2.9 mL, 21 mmol) in

toluene/tetrahydrofuran (1 :1 v/v, 80 mL) dropwise over 1 h. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3.5 h and diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The organic phase was washed with 1 N hydrochloric acid (3 x 150 mL) and brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (3S)-3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3- benzodioxol-5-yl]-3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2/-/-indol-2-one (12.6 g) as a colorless solid in quantitative yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.24-6.91 (m, 21 H), 6.69-6.67 (m, 2H), 6.46 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.15 (s, 1 H), 5.83- 5.81 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.31 (m, 3H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 646.0 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) 90% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl tert-butyl ether).

B. Alternatively, a mixture of 50% w/v aqueous potassium hydroxide (4.2 kg), toluene (12 L) and (9S)-1 -(anthracen-9-ylmethyl)cinchonan-1 -ium-9-ol chloride (0.06 kg, 0.1 mol) was degassed with dry nitrogen and cooled to -18 to -22 °C. To this mixture was added a cold (-18 to -22 °C), nitrogen-degassed solution of 3-[6-

(benzyloxy)-l ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-1 ~(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (1.2 kg, 2.3 mol) and benzyl chloromethyl ether (0.43 kg, 2.8 mol) in toluene (10 L) and tetrahydrofuran (10 L) at -18 to 22 °C over 3 h. The mixture was stirred at -18 to -22 °C for 5 h, allowed to warm to ambient temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (10 L). The phases were separated and the organic layer was washed with 1 N

hydrochloric acid (3 χ 8 L) and brine (2 χ 12 L) and concentrated in vacuo to dryness to afford (3S)-3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-1- (diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (1.5 kg) as a colorless solid in quantitative yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) £7.42 (d, 2H), 7.24-6.91 (m, 21 H), 6.69-6.67 (m, 2H), 6.46 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.15 (s, 1 H), 5.83-5.81 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.31 (m, 3H), 4.17- 4.09 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 646.0 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) 90% (HPLC, ChiralPak IA). EXAMPLE 14

Synthesis of (3S)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3- (hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2/-/-indol-2-one

Compound of formula (20a1)

Figure imgf000102_0001

A. A mixture of (3S)-3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-3- [(benzyloxy)methyl]-1 -(diphenylmethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2/-/-indol-2-one (8.8 g, 14 mmol), 10% w/w palladium on carbon (50% wetted powder, 3.5 g, 1.6 mmol), and acetic acid (3.9 ml_, 68 mmol) in a nitrogen-degassed mixture of ethanol/tetrahydrofuran (1 : 1 v/v, 140 mL) was stirred under hydrogen gas (1 atm) at ambient temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford (3S)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3- dihydro-2H-indol-2-one as a colorless solid that was carried forward without further purification: H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 9.81 (br s, 1 H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 1 1 H), 7.15- 7.01 (m, 3H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.54-6.47 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.84 (m, 2H), 4.76 (d, J = 1 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.13-4.04 (m, 1 H), 2.02 (s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 465.9 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) 93% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl ie t-butyl ether).

B. Alternatively, a glass-lined hydrogenation reactor was charged with (3S)-3-[6-(benzyloxy)-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl]-3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-1 -(diphenylmethyl)- 1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (0.1 kg, 0.15 mol), tetrahydrofuran (0.8 L), ethanol (0.4 L), acetic acid (0.02 L) and 20% w/w palladium (li) hydroxide on carbon (0.04 kg). The reactor was purged three times with nitrogen. The reactor was then purged three times with hydrogen and was then pressurized to 50-55 lb/in2 with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred at 20-30 °C for 5 h under a 50-55 lb/in2 atmosphere of hydrogen. The reactor was purged and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 0.2 L and methyl te/t-butyl ether (0.4 L) was added. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 0.2 L and methyl ie/t-butyl ether (0.2 L) was added, followed by heptane (0.25 L). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, during which time a solid was deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with heptane (0.05 L) and dried in vacuo at a temperature below 50 °C for 8 h to afford (3S)-1 -(diphenylmethyl)-3-(6-hydroxy- 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one (0.09 kg) as a colorless solid in 95% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 9.81 (br s, 1 H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 1 1 H), 7.15-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.54-6.47 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.84 (m, 2H), 4.76 (d, J = 1 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.13-4.04 (m, 1 H), 2.02 (s, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 465.9 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) 91% (HPLC, ChiralPak IA).

EXAMPLE 15

Synthesis of (7S)-1′-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[furo[2,3-/][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-

2′(1 ‘tf)-one

Compound of formula (21 a1 )

Figure imgf000103_0001

A. To a cooled (0 °C) solution of (3S)-1 -(diphenylmethyl)-3-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3- benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one prepared according to the procedure described in Example 14 (13.6 mmol) and 2-

(diphenylphosphino)pyridine (4.3 g, 16 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (140 mL) was added di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (3.8 g, 17 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 3 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (140 mL), washed with 3 N

hydrochloric acid (6 * 50 mL) and brine (2 χ 100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with a mixture of diethyl ether and hexanes to afford (7S)-1 ‘-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[furo[2,3- ][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)-one (4.55 g) as a colorless solid in a 75% yield over 2 steps: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.34-7.24 (m, 10H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1 H), 6.99-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.50-6.48 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1 H), 5.85-5.83 (m, 2H), 4.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.69 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 447.9 (M + 1); ee

(enantiomeric excess) 93% (HPLC, Chiraipak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl te/f-butyl ether).

B. Alternativel, to a cooled (0-5 °C) solution of (3S)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3- (6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-dihydro-2 -/-indol-2-one (1 .0 kg, 2.1 mol) and 2-(diphenylphosphino)pyridine (0.66 kg, 2.5 mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 L) was added over 2 h a solution of di-terf-butylazodicarboxylate (0.62 kg, 2.7 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 L). The mixture was stirred for 4 h at 0-5 °C and was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 L), washed with 3 N hydrochloric acid (6 * 8 L) and brine (2 x 12 L) and concentrated in vacuo to a volume of approximately 1.5 L. Methyl rert-butyl ether (4 L) was added and the mixture concentrated in vacuo to a volume of

approximately 1.5 L. Methyl terf-butyl ether (2 L) and heptane (2 L) were added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, during which time a solid was deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with heptane (0.5 L) and dried in vacuo below 50 °C for 8 h to afford (7S)-1′-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[furo[2,3- f][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1’H)-one (0.76 kg) as a colorless solid in 79% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 7.34-7.24 (m, 10H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1 H), 6.99- 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.50-6.48 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1 H), 5.85-5.83 (m, 2H), 4.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.69 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 447.9 (M + 1 ); ee (enantiomeric excess) 92% (HPLC, ChiralPak IA).

EXAMPLE 16

Synthesis of (7S)-spiro[furo[2,3-f][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)-one

Compound of formula (22a1)

Figure imgf000104_0001

A. To a solution of (7S)-1′-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[furo[2,3- f][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indol]-2′(1’H)-one (4.55 g, 10.2 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (80 ml_) was added triethylsilane (7 ml_). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2.5 h, allowed to cool to ambient temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with a mixture of diethyl ether and hexanes to afford

(7S)-spiro[furo[2,3-/][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3,-indol]-2′(1’W)-one (2.30 g) as a colorless solid in 80% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) £8.27 (br s, 1 H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.17-7.15 (m, 1 H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 1 H), 6.96-6.94 (m, 1 H), 6.53-6.52 (m, 1 H), 6.24-6.23 (m, 1 H), 5.88-5.87 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.68 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 281.9 (M + 1 ); ee (enantiomeric excess) 99% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl fert-butyl ether). B. Alternatively, a mixture of (7S)-1 ‘-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[furo[2,3- /Kl^benzodioxole^-indol^ r^-one (0.70 kg, 1.6 mol), trifluoroacetic acid (12 L) and triethylsilane (1.1 L) was heated at reflux under nitrogen atmosphere for 3 h, allowed to cool to ambient temperature and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (0.3 L), methyl fert-butyl ether (1 L) and heptane (3.5 L), causing a solid to be deposited. The solid was collected by filtration, taken up in dichloromethane (3 L), stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (0.3 L), methyl ferf-butyl ether (1 L) and heptane (3.5 L), causing a solid to be deposited. The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo below 50 °C for 8 h to afford (7S)-spiro[furo[2,3- ][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘ -/)-one (0.40 kg) as a colorless solid in 91 % yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8.27 (br s, 1 H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.17-7.15 (m, 1 H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 1 H), 6.96-6.94 (m, 1 H), 6.53-6.52 (m, 1 H), 6.24-6.23 (m, 1 H), 5.88-5.87 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.68 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 281.9 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) 98.6% (HPLC, ChiralPak IA).

EXAMPLE 17

Synthesis of of (7S)-1 ‘-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2- yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3- ][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(rH)-one

Compound of formula (Ia1)

Figure imgf000105_0001

A. To a mixture of (7S)-6H-spiro[[1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]benzofuran-7,3′-indolin]- 2′-one (1.80 g, 6.41 mmol) and 2-(bromomethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)furan (1.47 g, 6.41 mmol) in acetone (200 mL) was added cesium carbonate (3.13 g, 9.61 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 h and filtered while hot through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford (7S)-1′-{[5- (trifluoromethyOfuran^-yllmethy^spiroIfurop.S- ltl .Slbenzodioxole^.S’-indol^ rH)- one (2.71 g) as a colorless solid in quantitative yield (97% purity by HPLC). The product was crystallized from a mixture of methanol and hexanes to afford (7S)-1 ‘-{[5- (trifluoromethy furan^-yllmethylJspirotfuro^.S- lfl .Slbenzodioxole^.S’-indoll^ rH)- one (1.46 g) as colorless needles in 53% yield. The mother liquor was concentrated in vacuo and subjected to a second crystallization in methanol and hexanes to afford further (7S)-1 ‘-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-/][1 ,3]benzodioxole- 7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)-one (0.469 g) as a colorless solid in 17% yield (total yield 70%): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.29-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 6.50 (s, 1 H), 6.38 (s, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (br s, 2H), 5.06 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.93-4.84 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.65 (m, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 429.8 (M + 1); ee (enantiomeric excess) >99.5% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA, 2.5% acetonitrile in methyl tert-butyl ether).

B. Alternatively, to a solution of (7S)-spiro[furoI2,3-f][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3′- indol]-2′(1’H)-one (0.40 kg, 1.4 mol) in anhydrous N, W-dimethylformamide (5 L) was added cesium carbonate (1.2 kg, 3.4 mol), followed by 2-(bromomethyl)-5- (trifluromethyl)furan (0.24 L, 1.7 mol). The mixture was heated at 80-85 °C for 3 h, allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate (8 L). The combined filtrate and washes were washed with water (4 L), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (2 * 4 L) and brine (2 * 4 L) and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by recrystallization from te/t-butyl methyl ether (0.4 L) and heptane (0.8 L), followed by drying of the resultant solid in vacuo at 40-50 °C for 8 h to afford (7S)-1 ‘-{[5- (trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl]methyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1 ,3]benzodioxole-7,3’-indol]-2′(1 ‘H)- one (0.37 kg) as a colorless solid in 61% yield: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.29-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 6.50 (s, 1 H), 6.38 (s, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (br s, 2H), 5.06 (d, J = 16.0 Hz,1 H), 4.93-4.84 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.65 (m, 1 H); MS (ES+) m/z 429.8 (M + 1 ); ee (enantiomeric excess) > 99% (HPLC, Chiralpak IA).

PATENT
CadieuxJ.-J.ChafeevM.ChowdhuryS.FuJ.JiaQ.AbelS.El-SayedE.HuthmannE.IsarnoT. Synthetic Methods For Spiro-Oxindole Compounds. U.S. Patent 8,445,696, May 21, 2013.
PATENT
SunS.FuJ.ChowdhuryS.HemeonI. W.GrimwoodM. E.MansourT. S. Asymmetric Syntheses of Spiro-Oxindole Compounds Useful As Therapeutic Agents. U.S. Patent 9,487,535, Nov 08, 2016.
PAPER
Abstract Image

TV-45070 is a small-molecule lactam containing a chiral spiro-ether that has been reported as a potential topical therapy for pain associated with the Nav1.7 sodium ion channel encoded by the gene SCN9A. A pilot-scale synthesis is presented that is highlighted by an asymmetric aldol coupling at ambient temperature, used to create a quaternary chiral center. Although only a moderate ee is obtained, the removal of the undesired isomer is achieved through preferential precipitation of a near racemic mixture from the reaction, leaving the enantiopure isomer in solution. Cyclization to form the final API uses an uncommon diphenylphosphine-based leaving group which proved successful on the neopentyl system when other traditional leaving groups failed.

The First Asymmetric Pilot-Scale Synthesis of TV-45070

Chemical Process Research and Development, Analytical Research and Development, Teva Branded Pharmaceutical Products R&D Inc., 383 Phoenixville Pike, Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00237
Publication Date (Web): September 8, 2017
Copyright © 2017 American Chemical Society

*E-mail: jasclafan@yahoo.com.

(S)-1′-[(5-Methyl-2-furyl)methyl]spiro[6H-furo[3,2-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3′-indoline]-2′-one (1)

1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 7.32 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 7.07 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 5.94 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6): 176.48, 155.28, 153.02, 148.40, 141.80, 141.51, 139.54 (q, JCF = 41.9 Hz), 131.63, 128.79, 123.64, 123.29, 119.69, 118.92 (q, JCF = 266.4 Hz), 114.01 (q, JCF = 2.9 Hz) 109.86, 109.21, 102.55, 101.44, 93.31, 79.52, 57.41, 36.44.

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c Bagal, Sharan K.; Chapman, Mark L.; Marron, Brian E.; Prime, Rebecca; Ian Storer, R.; Swain, Nigel A. (2014). “Recent progress in sodium channel modulators for pain”. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters24 (16): 3690–9. ISSN 0960-894XPMID 25060923doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2014.06.038.
  2. Jump up to:a b Stephen McMahon; Martin Koltzenburg; Irene Tracey; Dennis C. Turk (1 March 2013). Wall & Melzack’s Textbook of Pain: Expert Consult – Online. Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 508. ISBN 0-7020-5374-0.
  3. Jump up to:a b Xenon Pharma. “TV-45070: A Small Molecule for the Treatment of the Orphan Disease EM and Other Pain Disorders”.
  4. Jump up to:a b Xenon Pharma (2012). “Teva and Xenon Announce Teva’s World Wide License of Xenon’s Pain Drug XEN402”.

External links

Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2016326184 SYNTHETIC METHODS FOR SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS 2016-01-06
US2017095449 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUND FOR TOPICAL ADMINISTRATION AND THEIR USE AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2016-10-11
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US2015216794 METHODS OF TREATING PAIN ASSOCIATED WITH OSTEOARTHRITIS OF A JOINT WITH A TOPICAL FORMULATION OF A SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUND 2015-02-05 2015-08-06
US9682033 METHODS OF TREATING POSTHERPETIC NEURALGIA WITH A TOPICAL FORMULATION OF A SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUND 2016-02-05 2016-08-11
US2016166541 Methods For Identifying Analgesic Agents 2016-01-27 2016-06-16
US2017066777 ASYMMETRIC SYNTHESES FOR SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2016-09-14
US2017073351 ENANTIOMERS OF SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2016-09-28
Patent ID

Patent Title

Submitted Date

Granted Date

US8742109 Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds 2012-09-14 2014-06-03
US8883840 Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents 2012-09-14 2014-11-11
US9260446 SYNTHETIC METHODS FOR SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS 2014-05-07 2014-11-13
US9278088 Methods for Identifying Analgesic Agents 2013-04-11 2013-08-15
US9480677 ENANTIOMERS OF SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2014-10-09 2015-01-22
Patent ID Patent Title Submitted Date Granted Date
US8450358 ENANTIOMERS OF SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2010-12-30
US2011086899 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR ORAL ADMINISTRATION 2011-04-14
US8445696 SYNTHETIC METHODS FOR SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS 2011-04-14
US9487535 ASYMMETRIC SYNTHESES FOR SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2013-03-11 2013-10-17
US9504671 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUND FOR TOPICAL ADMINISTRATION AND THEIR USE AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS 2011-02-25 2013-06-06
PATENT 
Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2006110917A2 11 Apr 2006 19 Oct 2006 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents
WO2010045197A1 13 Oct 2009 22 Apr 2010 Xenon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2010045251A2 13 Oct 2009 22 Apr 2010 Xenon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2010104525A1 1 Jun 2009 16 Sep 2010 Telcordia Technologies, Inc. Scalable disruptive-resistant communication method
WO2011002708A1 28 Jun 2010 6 Jan 2011 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents
WO2011047173A2 14 Oct 2010 21 Apr 2011 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration
WO2011047174A1 14 Oct 2010 21 Apr 2011 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds
WO2011106729A2 25 Feb 2011 1 Sep 2011 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions of spiro-oxindole compound for topical administration and their use as therapeutic agents
Reference
1 * DEHMLOW E V ET AL: “Monodeazacinchona alkaloid derivatives: synthesis and preliminary applications as phase-transfer catalysts“, EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, WILEY – V C H VERLAG GMBH & CO. KGAA, DE, vol. 13, 1 January 2002 (2002-01-01), pages 2087 – 2093, XP002399953, ISSN: 1434-193X, DOI: 10.1002/1099-0690(200207)2002:13<2087::AID-EJOC2087>3.0.CO;2-Z
2 E.J. COREY; M.C. NOE, ORG. SYNTH., vol. 80, 2003, pages 38 – 45
3 GARST, J. F.; UNGVARY, F.: “Grignard Reagents”, 2000, JOHN WILEY & SONS, article “Mechanism of Grignard reagent formation“, pages: 185 – 275
4 GREENE, T.W.; P.G.M. WUTS: “Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Ed.,“, 2006, WILEY
5 GREENE, T.W.; WUTS, P.G.M.: “Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Ed.“, 2006, WILEY
6 HUGHES, D.L., ORG. PREP., vol. 28, 1996, pages 127 – 164
7 KUMARA SWAMY, K.C. ET AL.: “Mitsunobu and Related Reactions: Advances and Applications“, CHEM. REV., vol. 109, 2009, pages 2551 – 2651, XP055023394, DOI: doi:10.1021/cr800278z
8 MERSMANN, A.: “Crystallization Technology Handbook; 2nd ed.“, 2001, CRC
9 SMITH, M.; BAND J. MARCH: “Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition“, December 2000, WILEY
10 SMITH, M.B.; J. MARCH: “Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th edition“, December 2000, WILEY
11 * TAKASHI OOI ET AL: “Recent Advances in Asymmetric Phase-Transfer Catalysis“, ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE INTERNATIONAL EDITION, vol. 46, no. 23, 4 June 2007 (2007-06-04), pages 4222 – 4266, XP055060024, ISSN: 1433-7851, DOI: 10.1002/anie.200601737
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2016109795A1 31 Dec 2015 7 Jul 2016 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated funapide and difluorofunapide
US8742109 14 Sep 2012 3 Jun 2014 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds
US8883840 14 Sep 2012 11 Nov 2014 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents
US8916580 6 Mar 2013 23 Dec 2014 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
US9260446 7 May 2014 16 Feb 2016 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds
US9458178 14 Nov 2014 4 Oct 2016 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
US9480677 9 Oct 2014 1 Nov 2016 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents
US9487535 11 Mar 2013 8 Nov 2016 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Asymmetric syntheses for spiro-oxindole compounds useful as therapeutic agents
US9504671 25 Feb 2011 29 Nov 2016 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions of spiro-oxindole compound for topical administration and their use as therapeutic agents
US9682033 5 Feb 2016 20 Jun 2017 Teva Pharmaceuticals International Gmbh Methods of treating postherpetic neuralgia with a topical formulation of a spiro-oxindole compound
US9695185 6 Jan 2016 4 Jul 2017 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds
Funapide
Funapide.svg
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
By mouthtopical
ATC code
  • None
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
ChemSpider
UNII
Chemical and physical data
Formula C22H14F3NO5
Molar mass 429.34547 g/mol
3D model (JSmol)
//////////TV 45070,  XEN 402, TEVA, XENON, Postherpetic neuralgia, PHN, PHASE 2, Funapide, фунапид , فونابيد , 呋纳匹特 , Orphan Drug Status
C1C2(C3=CC=CC=C3N(C2=O)CC4=CC=C(O4)C(F)(F)F)C5=CC6=C(C=C5O1)OCO6

Prexasertib , прексасертиб , بريكساسيرتيب , 普瑞色替 ,


Prexasertib.svg

Prexasertib

Captisol® enabled prexasertib; CHK1 Inhibitor II; LY 2606368; LY2606368 MsOH H2O

5-(5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile

2-Pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]amino]-

Name Prexasertib
Lab Codes LY-2606368
Chemical Name 5-({5-[2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-yl}amino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile
Chemical Structure ChemSpider 2D Image | prexasertib | C18H19N7O2
Molecular Formula C18H19N7O2
UNII UNII:820NH671E6
Cas Registry Number 1234015-52-1
OTHER NAMES
прексасертиб [Russian] [INN]
بريكساسيرتيب [Arabic] [INN]
普瑞色替 [Chinese] [INN]
Originator Array BioPharma
Developer Eli Lilly, National Cancer Institute
Mechanism Of Action Checkpoint kinase inhibitors, Chk-1 inhibitors
Who Atc Codes L01X-E (Protein kinase inhibitors)
Ephmra Codes L1H (Protein Kinase Inhibitor Antineoplastics)
Indication Breast cancer, Ovarian cancer, Solid tumor, Head and neck cancer, Leukemia, Neoplasm Metastasis, Colorectal Neoplasms, Squamous Cell Carcinoma

Image result for Array BioPharma

Image result for ELI LILLY

Image result for Prexasertib2100300-72-7 CAS

Image result for Prexasertib

Prexasertib mesylate hydrate
CAS#: 1234015-57-6 (mesylate hydrate)
Chemical Formula: C19H25N7O6S
Molecular Weight: 479.512, CODE LY-2940930
LY-2606368 (free base)

Image result for Prexasertib

Prexasertib mesylate ANHYDROUS
CAS#: 1234015-55-4 (mesylate)
Chemical Formula: C19H23N7O5S
Molecular Weight: 461.497

2D chemical structure of 1234015-54-3

Prexasertib dihydrochloride
1234015-54-3. MW: 438.3169


LY2606368 is a small-molecule Chk-1 inhibitors invented by Array and being developed by Eli Lilly and Company. Lilly is responsible for all clinical development and commercialization activities. Chk-1 is a protein kinase that regulates the tumor cell’s response to DNA damage often caused by treatment with chemotherapy. In response to DNA damage, Chk-1 blocks cell cycle progression in order to allow for repair of damaged DNA, thereby limiting the efficacy of chemotherapeutic agents. Inhibiting Chk-1 in combination with chemotherapy can enhance tumor cell death by preventing these cells from recovering from DNA damage.

Originator Array BioPharma; Eli Lilly

Developer Eli Lilly; National Cancer Institute (USA)

Class Antineoplastics; Nitriles; Pyrazines; Pyrazoles; Small molecules

Mechanism of Action Checkpoint kinase 1 inhibitors; Checkpoint kinase 2 inhibitors

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase II Breast cancer; Ovarian cancer; Small cell lung cancer; Solid tumours
  • Phase I Acute myeloid leukaemia; Colorectal cancer; Head and neck cancer; Myelodysplastic syndromes; Non-small cell lung cancer

Most Recent Events

  • 10 Apr 2017 Eli Lilly completes a phase I trial for Solid tumours (Late-stage disease, Second-line therapy or greater) in Japan (NCT02514603)
  • 10 Mar 2017 Phase-I clinical trials in Solid tumours (Combination therapy, Metastatic disease, Inoperable/Unresectable) in USA (IV) (NCT03057145)
  • 22 Feb 2017 Khanh Do and AstraZeneca plan a phase H trial for Solid tumour (Combination therapy, Metastatic disease, Inoperable/Unresectable) in USA (NCT03057145)

Prexasertib (LY2606368) is a small molecule checkpoint kinase inhibitor, mainly active against CHEK1, with minor activity against CHEK2. This causes induction of DNA double-strand breaks resulting in apoptosis. It is in development by Eli Lilly[1]

A phase II clinical trial for the treatment of small cell lung cancer is expected to be complete in December 2017.[2]

an aminopyrazole compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate of the salt, that inhibits Chkl and is useful for treating cancers characterized by defects in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) replication, chromosome segregation, or cell division.

Chkl is a protein kinase that lies downstream from Atm and/or Atr in the DNA damage checkpoint signal transduction pathway. In mammalian cells, Chkl is phosphorylated in response to agents that cause DNA damage including ionizing radiation (IR), ultraviolet (UV) light, and hydroxyurea. This phosphorylation which activates Chkl in mammalian cells is dependent on Atr. Chkl plays a role in the Atr dependent DNA damage checkpoint leading to arrest in S phase and at G2M. Chkl phosphorylates and inactivates Cdc25A, the dual-specificity phosphatase that normally dephosphorylates cyclin E/Cdk2, halting progression through S-phase. Chkl also phosphorylates and inactivates Cdc25C, the dual specificity phosphatase that dephosphorylates cyclin B/Cdc2 (also known as Cdkl) arresting cell cycle progression at the boundary of G2 and mitosis (Fernery et al, Science, 277: 1495-1, 1997). In both cases, regulation of Cdk activity induces a cell cycle arrest to prevent cells from entering mitosis in the presence of DNA damage or unreplicated DNA. Various inhibitors of Chkl have been reported. See for example, WO 05/066163,

WO 04/063198, WO 03/093297 and WO 02/070494. In addition, a series of aminopyrazole Chkl inhibitors is disclosed in WO 05/009435.

However, there is still a need for Chkl inhibitors that are potent inhibitors of the cell cycle checkpoints that can act effectively as potentiators of DNA damaging agents. The present invention provides a novel aminopyrazole compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate of the salt, that is a potent inhibitor of Chkl . The compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate of the salt, potently abrogates a Chkl mediated cell cycle arrest induced by treatment with DNA damaging agents in tissue culture and in vivo. Furthermore, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate of the salt, of the present invention also provides inhibition of Chk2, which may be beneficial for the treatment of cancer. Additionally, the lack of inhibition of certain other protein kinases, such as CDKl, may provide a -2- therapeutic benefit by minimizing undesired effects. Furthermore, the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate of the salt, of the present invention inhibits cell proliferation of cancer cells by a mechanism dependent on Chkl inhibition.

Inventors Francine S. FarouzRyan Coatsworth HolcombRamesh KasarSteven Scott Myers
Applicant Eli Lilly And Company

WO 2010077758

Preparation 8

tert-Butyl 3-(2-(3-(5-cyanopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate

Figure imgf000025_0002

A solution of tert-butyl 3-(2-(3-(5-bromopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate (0.378 g, 0.730 mmol) and zinc cyanide (0.10 g, 0.870 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is degassed with a stream of nitrogen for one hour and then -25- heated to 80 0C. To the reaction is added Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.080 g, 0.070 mmol), and the mixture is heated overnight. The reaction is cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2/Me0H) to give 0.251 g (73%) of the title compound.

Preparation 12 tert-Butyl 3-(2-(3-(5-cyanopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate

Figure imgf000028_0001

A 5 L flange-neck round-bottom flask equipped with an air stirrer rod and paddle, thermometer, pressure-equalizing dropping funnel, and nitrogen bubbler is charged with 5-(5-(2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-phenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (47.0 g, 152 mmol) and anhydrous THF (1.2 L). The stirred suspension, under nitrogen, is cooled to 0 0C. A separate 2 L 3 -necked round-bottom flask equipped with a large -28- magnetic stirring bar, thermometer, and nitrogen bubbler is charged with triphenylphosphine (44.0 g; 168 mmol) and anhydrous THF (600 mL). The stirred solution, under nitrogen, is cooled to 0 0C and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (34.2 g; 169 mmol) is added and a milky solution is formed. After 3-4 min, a solution of7-butyl-N-(3- hydroxypropyl)-carbamate (30.3 g, 173 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred for 3-4 min. This mixture is then added over 5 min to the stirred suspension of starting material at 0 0C. The reaction mixture quickly becomes a dark solution and is allowed to slowly warm up to room temperature. After 6.5 h, more reagents are prepared as above using PPh3 (8 g), DIAD (6.2 g) and carbamate (5.4 g) in anhydrous THF (150 mL). The mixture is added to the reaction mixture, cooled to -5 0C and left to warm up to room temperature overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo. The resulting viscous solution is loaded onto a pad of silica and product is eluted with ethyl acetate. The concentrated fractions are separately triturated with methanol and resulting solids are collected by filtration. The combined solids are triturated again with methanol (400 mL) and then isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo at 50 0C overnight to give 31.3 g of desired product. LC-ES/MS m/z 466.2 [M+ 1]+.

Example 2

5 -(5 -(2-(3 -Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile dihydrogen chloride salt

Figure imgf000029_0001

A 5 L flange-neck, round-bottom flask equipped with an air stirrer rod and paddle, thermometer, and air condenser with bubbler attached, is charged with tert-bvXyl 3-(2-(3- (5-cyanopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate (30.9 g, 66.3 mmol) and ethyl acetate (3 L). The mechanically stirred yellow suspension is cooled to just below 10 0C. Then hydrogen chloride from a lecture bottle is bubbled in -29- vigorously through a gas inlet tube for 15 min with the ice-bath still in place. After 5 h the mixture is noticeably thickened in appearance. The solid is collected by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate, and then dried in vacuo at 60 0C overnight to give 30.0 g. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.05 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.12 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 6.08 (br s, 3H), 6.777 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 6.782 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 6.88 (br s, IH), 7.34 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.09 (br s, IH), 8.55 (br s, IH), 8.71 (s, IH), 10.83 (s, IH), 12.43 (br s, IH). LC-ES/MS m/z 366.2 [M+lf.

Example 3 5 -(5 -(2-(3 -Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile

Figure imgf000030_0001

5-(5-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile dihydrogen chloride salt (3.0 g, 6.84 mmol) is suspended in 200 mL of CH2Cl2. 1 N NaOH is added (200 mL, 200 mmol). The mixture is magnetically stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 5 h. The solid is collected by filtration and washed thoroughly with water. The filter cake is dried in vacuo at 50 0C overnight to give 2.26 g (90%) of the free base as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.81 (m, 2H), 2.73 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (br s, IH), 7.31 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.52 (br s, IH), 8.67 (s, IH). LC- MS /ES m/z 366.2 [M+ 1]+.

Example 4

5 -(5 -(2-(3 -Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile methanesulfonic acid salt -30-

Figure imgf000031_0001

5-(5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile (1.0 g, 2.74 mmol) is suspended in MeOH (100 mL). A I M solution of methanesulfonic acid in MeOH (2.74 mL, 2.74 mmol) is added to the mixture dropwise with stirring. The solid nearly completely dissolves and is sonicated and stirred for 15 min, filtered, and concentrated to 50 mL. The solution is cooled overnight at -15 0C and the solid that forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give 0.938 g (74%) of a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.97 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.09 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 6.753 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.766 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.85 (br s, IH), 7.33 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.67 (br s, 3H), 8.49 (br s, IH), 8.64 (s, IH), 10.70 (s, IH), 12.31 (s, IH). LC-ES/MS m/z 366.2 [M+l]+.

Preparation 18 tert-Butyl 3-(2-(3-(5-cyanopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate

Figure imgf000035_0001

5-(5-(2-Hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile (618 g, 1.62 mol) is slurried in tetrahydrofuran (6.18 L, 10 volumes) and chilled to -5 to 0 0C with an acetone/ice bath. Triethylamine (330 g, 3.25 mol) is added through an addition funnel over 30 – 40 min at -5 to 5 0C. The resulting slurry is stirred at -5 to 5 0C for 60 – 90 min. The insoluble triethylamine hydrochloride is filtered and the solution of the phenol ((5-(2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile) collected in an appropriate reaction vessel. The cake is rinsed with THF (1.24 L). The THF solution of the phenol is held at 15 to 20 0C until needed.

Triphenylphosphine (1074 g, 4.05 mol) is dissolved at room temperature in THF (4.33 L). The clear colorless solution is cooled with an acetone/ice bath to -5 to 5 0C. Diisopropylazodicarboxylate (795 g, 3.89 mol) is added dropwise through an addition funnel over 40 – 60 min, keeping the temperature below 10 0C. The resulting thick white slurry is cooled back to -5 to 0 0C. tert-Butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate (717g, 4.05 moles) is dissolved in a minimum of THF (800 mL). The tert-butyl 3- hydroxypropylcarbamate/THF solution is added, through an addition funnel, over 20 – 30 -35- min at -5 to 5 0C to the reagent slurry. The prepared reagent is stirred in the ice bath at -5 to 0 0C until ready for use.

The prepared reagent slurry (20%) is added to the substrate solution at 15 to 20 0C. The remaining reagent is returned to the ice bath. The substrate solution is stirred at ambient for 30 min, then sampled for HPLC. A second approximately 20% portion of the reagent is added to the substrate, stirred at ambient and sampled as before. Addition of the reagent is continued with monitoring for reaction completion by HPLC. The completed reaction is concentrated and triturated with warm methanol (4.33 L, 50 – 60 0C) followed by cooling in an ice bath. The resulting yellow precipitate is filtered, rinsed with cold MeOH (2 L), and dried to constant weight to provide 544 g (72%) of the title compound, mp 214 – 216 0C; ES/MS m/z 466.2 [M+l]+.

Example 5

2-Pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[-[2-(3-aminopropyl)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-3- yl]amino] monomesylate monohydrate (Chemical Abstracts nomenclature)

Figure imgf000036_0001

tert-Butyl 3-(2-(3-(5-cyanopyrazin-2-ylamino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy)propylcarbamate (1430 g, 3.07 mol) is slurried with acetone (21.5 L) in a 30 L reactor. Methanesulfonic acid (1484 g, 15.36 mol) is added through an addition funnel in a moderate stream. The slurry is warmed to reflux at about 52 0C for 1 to 3 h and monitored for reaction completion by HPLC analysis. The completed reaction is cooled from reflux to 15 to 20 0C over 4.5 h. The yellow slurry of 2-pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[-[2-(3-aminopropyl)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-3-yl]amino] dimesylate salt is filtered, rinsed with acetone (7 L) and dried in a vacuum oven. The dimesylate salt, (1608 g, 2.88 mol) is slurried in water (16 L). Sodium hydroxide (aqueous 50%, 228 g, 2.85 mol) is slowly poured into the slurry. The slurry is -36- heated to 60 0C and stirred for one hour. It is then cooled to 16 0C over 4 h and filtered. The wet filter cake is rinsed with acetone (4 L) and dried to constant weight in a vacuum oven at 40 0C to provide 833 g (94%) of 2-pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[-[2-(3- aminopropyl)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-3-yl]amino] monomesylate monohydrate. mp 222.6 0C; ES/MS m/z 366.2 [M+l]+.

Example 5a

2-Pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[-[2-(3-aminopropyl)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-3- yl] amino] monomesylate monohydrate (Chemical Abstracts nomenclature)

Crude 2-pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5 -[ [5 – [- [2-(3 -aminopropyl)-6-methoxyphenyl]- IH- pyrazol-3-yl] amino] monomesylate monohydrate is purified using the following procedure. The technical grade 2-pyrazinecarbonitrile, 5-[[5-[-[2-(3-aminopropyl)-6- methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-3-yl] amino] mono mesylate mono hydrate (1221 g, 2.55 mol) is slurried in a solvent mixture of 1: 1 acetone/water (14.7 L). The solid is dissolved by warming the mixture to 50 – 55 0C. The solution is polish filtrated while at 50 – 55 0C through a 0.22μ cartridge filter. The solution is slowly cooled to the seeding temperature of about 42 – 45 0C and seeded. Slow cooling is continued over the next 30 – 60 min to confirm nucleation. The thin slurry is cooled from 38 to 15 0C over 3 h. A vacuum distillation is set up and the acetone removed at 110 – 90 mm and 20 – 30 0C. The mixture is cooled from 30 to 15 0C over 14 h, held at 15 0C for 2 h, and then filtered. The recrystallized material is rinsed with 19: 1 water/acetone (2 L) and then water (6 L) and dried to constant weight in a vacuum oven at 40 0C to provide 1024 g (83.9%) of the title compound, mp 222.6 0C; ES/MS m/z 366.2 [M+l]+. X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) patterns may be obtained on a Bruker D8

Advance powder diffractometer, equipped with a CuKa source (λ=l.54056 angstrom) operating at 40 kV and 40 mA with a position-sensitive detector. Each sample is scanned between 4° and 35° in °2Θ ± 0.02 using a step size of 0.026° in 2Θ ± 0.02 and a step time of 0.3 seconds, with a 0.6 mm divergence slit and a 10.39 mm detector slit. Primary and secondary Soller slits are each at 2°; antiscattering slit is 6.17 mm; the air scatter sink is in place. -37-

Characteristic peak positions and relative intensities:

Figure imgf000038_0001

Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analyses may be carried out on a Mettler- Toledo DSC unit (Model DSC822e). Samples are heated in closed aluminum pans with pinhole from 25 to 350 0C at 10 °C/min with a nitrogen purge of 50 mL/min. Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) may be carried out on a Mettler Toledo TGA unit (Model TGA/SDTA 85Ie). Samples are heated in sealed aluminum pans with a pinhole from 25 to 350 0C at 10 0C /min with a nitrogen purge of 50 mL/min.

The thermal profile from DSC shows a weak, broad endotherm form 80 – 1400C followed by a sharp melting endotherm at 222 0C, onset (225 0C, peak). A mass loss of 4% is seen by the TGA from 25 – 140 0C.

PATENT

US 20110144126

WO 2017015124

WO 2017100071

WO 2017105982

WO 2016051409

PATENT

WO 2017100071

Preparation 1

tert-Butyl (E)-(3-(2-(3-(dimethylamino)ac^’loyl)-3-me1hoxyphenox50propyl)carbamate

L _l H

Combine l-(2-hydroxy-6-methox>’phenyl)e1han-l-one (79.6 kg, 479 mol) and 1,1-<iimethoxy-N,N-dimemylmethanamino (71.7 kg, 603.54 mol) with DMF (126 kg). Heat to 85-90 °C for 12 hours. Cool the reaction mixture containing intermediate (E)-3-(dimethylamino)-l-(2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-l-one (mp 84.74 °C) to ambient temperature and add anhydrous potassium phosphate (136 kg, 637.07 mol) and tert-butyl (3-bromopropyl)carbamate (145 kg, 608.33 mol). Stir the reaction for 15 hours at ambient temperature. Filter the mixture and wash the filter cake with ΜΓΒΕ (3 χ , 433 kg, 300 kg, and 350 kg). Add water (136 kg) and aqueous sodium chloride (25% solution, 552 kg) to the combined MTBE organic solutions. Separate the organic and aqueous phases. Back-extract the resulting aqueous phase with MTBE (309 kg) and add the MTBE layer to the organic solution. Add an aqueous sodium chloride solution (25% solution, 660 kg) to the combined organic extracts and separate the layers. Concentrate the organic extracts to 1,040 kg – 1,200 kg and add water (400 kg) at 30-35 °C to the residue. Cool to ambient temperature and collect material by filtration as a wet cake to give the title product (228.35 kg, 90%). ES/MS (m/z): 379.22275 (M+l).

Preparation 2

tert-Butyl (3-(2-(2-cyanoacetyl)-3-methoxyphenoxy)propyl)carbamate

“9 o


 

Combine ethanol (1044 kg), hydroxyl amino hydrochloride (30 kg, 431.7 mol), and terr-butyl (E)-(3-(2-(3-(^me%lamino)acryloyl)-3-

methoxyphenoxy)propyl)carbamate (228.35 kg, 72% as a wet water solid, 434.9 mol) to form a solution. Heat the solution to 35 – 40 °C for 4-6 hours. Cool the reaction to ambient temperature and concentrate to a residue. Add MTBE (300 kg) to the residue and concentrate the solution to 160 kg – 240 kg. Add MTBE (270 kg) and concentrate the solution. Add MTBE (630 kg), water (358 kg), and sodium chloride solution (80 kg, 25% aqueous) and stir for 20 minutes at ambient temperature. Let the mixture stand for 30 minutes. Separate the aqueous layer. Add water (360 kg) and sodium chloride solution (82 kg, 25% sodium chloride) to the organic phase. Stir for 20 minutes at ambient temperature. Let the mixture stand for 30 minutes. Separate the aqueous portion. Add sodium chloride solution (400 kg, 25 % aqueous) to the organic portion. Stir for 20 minutes at ambient temperature. Let the mixture stand for 30 minutes at ambient temperature. Separate the aqueous portion. Concentrate the organic portion to 160 kg – 240 kg at 40 °C. Add ethanol (296 kg) to the organic portion. Concentrate the solution to 160 kg to 240 kg at 40 °C to provide an intermediate of tert-butyl (3-(2-(isoxazol-5-yl)-3-methox>’phenoxy)propyl)carbamate. Add ethanol (143 kg) and water (160 kg) to the concentrated solution. Add potassium hydroxide (31.8 kg) at 40 °C. Add ethanol (80 kg) and adjust the temperature to 45-50 °C. Stir for 4-6 hours at 45-50 °C and concentrate to 160 kg – 240 kg at 40 °C. Add water to the concentrate (160 kg) and acetic acid (9.0 kg) drop-wise to adjust the pH to 10-12 while mamtaining the temperature of the solution at 25 to 35 °C. Add ethyl acetate (771 kg) and acetic acid drop-wise to adjust the pH to 5-7 while maintaining the temperature of the solution at 25-35 °C. Add sodium chloride solution (118 kg, 25% aqueous solution). Stir the mixture for 20 minutes at ambient temperature. Let the solution stand for 30 minutes at ambient temperature. Separate Ihe aqueous portion. Heat the organic portion to 30-35 °C. Add water (358 kg) drop-wise. Stir the solution for 20 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 30 to 35 °C. Let the mixture stand for 30 minutes and separate the aqueous portion. Wash the organic portion with sodium chloride solution (588 kg, 25% aqueous) and concentrate the organic portion to 400 kg – 480 kg at 40-50 °C. Heat the concentrated solution to 50 °C to form a solution. Maintain the solution at 50 °C and add M-heptane (469 kg) drop-wise. Stir the solution for 3 hours at 50 °C before slowly cooling to ambient temperature to crystallize the product. Stir at ambient temperature for 15 hours and filter the crystals. Wash the crystals with ethanol/«-heptane (1 :2, 250 kg) and dry at 45 °C for 24 hours to provide the title compound (133.4 kg, 79.9%), rap. 104.22 °C,

Example 1

5-(5-(2-(3-Ammopropoxy)-6-memoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylammo)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate

Combine a THJF solution (22%) of fcrt-butyl (3-(2-(2-cyanoacetyl)-3-memoxyphenoxy)propyl)carbamate (1.0 eqv, this is define as one volume) with hydrazine (35%, 1.5 eqv), acetic acid (glacial, 1.0 eqv), water (1 volume based on the THF solution) and methanol (2 volumes based on the THF solution). This is a continuous operation. Heat the resulting mixture to 130 °C and 1379 kPa with a rate of V/Q = 70 minutes, tau = 60. Extract the solution with toluene (4 volumes), water (1 volume), and sodium carbonate (10% aqueous, 1 eqv). Isolate Ihe toluene layer and add to DMSO (0.5 volumes). Collect a solution of the intermediate compound tert-butyl (3-(2-(3-amino-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy) propyl)carbamate (26.59 kg, 91%) in 10 days, mp = 247.17 °C as a DMSO solution (3 volumes of product). N-Eftylmorpholine (1.2 eqv) and 5-chloropyrazine-2-carbonitrile (1.15 eqv) in 2 volumes of DMSO is combined in a tube reactor at 80 °C, V/Q = 3 and tau = 170 minutes at ambient pressure. Add the product stream to methanol (20 vol). As a continuous process, filter the mixture and wash with methanol followed by MTBE. Air dry the material on the filter to give tert-butyl (3-(2-(3-((5-cyanopyrazm-2-yl)arnino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methox>’phenoxy) propyl)carbamate in a continuous fashion (22.2 kg, 88.7%, 8 days). Dissolve a solution of fcrt-butyl (3-(2-(3-((5-cyanopyrazin-2-yl)amino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy) propyl)carbamate in formic acid (99%, 142 kg) at ambient temperature and agitate for 4 hours to provide an intermediate of 5-((5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile formate. Dilute the solution with water (55 kg), (S)-lactic acid (30%, 176 kg) and distill the resulting mixture until < 22 kg formic acid remains. Crystallize the resulting residue from THF and wash with a THF -water (0.5% in THF) solution. Dry the wet cake at 30 °C at >10% relative humidity to give the title product as a white to yellow solid (24.04 kg, 85-90%), mp. 157 °C.

Alternate Preparation Example 1

5-(5-(2-(3-Ammopropoxy)-6-memoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylammo)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate

Add 5-({3-[2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-5-yl}ammo)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (4.984 g, 13.33 mmol, 97.7 wt%) to n-PrOH (15.41 g, 19.21 mL) to form a slurry. Heat the slurry to 60 °C. Add (S)-lactic acid (1.329 g, 14.75 mmol) to water (19.744 mL) and add this solution to the slurry at 58 °C. Heat the solution to 60 °C and add n-PrOH (21.07 g, 26.27 mL). Seed the solution with 5-((5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ammo)pyrazme-2-carbom^ (S)-lactate monohydrate (48.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) and cool the solution to 40 °C over 35 minutes. Add H-PrOH (60.5 mL) to the slurry at 40 °C via a syringe pump over 2 hours and maintain the temperature at 40 °C. Once complete, air cool the slurry to ambient temperature for 2 hours, the cool the mixture in ice-water for 2 hours. Filter the product, wash the wet cake with 6:1 (v/v) rc-PrOH : H20 (15 mL), followed by n-PrOH (15 mL) and dry the wet cake for 20 minutes. Dry the solid overnight at 40 °C in vacuo to give the title compound as a white to yellow solid (5.621 g, 89.1%), m.p. 157 °C.

Crystalline Example 1

Crystalline 5-(5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate Prepare a slurry having 5-(5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3 -y lamino)py razine-2-carbonitrile (368 mg, 1.0 mmol) in a 10:1 THF-water (5 mL) solution and stir at 55 °C. Add (S)-lactic acid (110 mg, 1.22 mmol) dissolved in THF (1 mL). A clear solution forms. Stir for one hour. Reduce Ihe temperature to 44 °C and stir until an off-white precipitate forms. Filter the material under vacuum, rinse with THF, and air dry to give the title compound (296 mg, 80%).

X-Ray Powder Diffraction, Crystalline Example 1 Obtain the XRPD patterns of the crystalline solids on a Bruker D4 Endeavor X-ray powder diffractometer, equipped with a CuKa source (λ = 1.54060 A) and a Vantec detector, operating at 35 kV and 50 mA. Scan the sample between 4 and 40° in 2Θ, with a step size of 0.0087° in 2Θ and a scan rate of 0.5 seconds/step, and with 0.6 mm divergence, 5.28mm fixed anti-scatter, and 9.5 mm detector slits. Pack the dry powder on a quartz sample holder and obtain a smooth surface using a glass slide. It is well known in the crystallography art that, for any given crystal form, the relative intensities of the diffraction peaks may vary due to preferred orientation resulting from factors such as crystal morphology and habit. Where the effects of preferred orientation are present, peak intensities are altered, but the characteristic peak positions of the polymorph are unchanged. See, e.g. The U. S. Pharmacopeia 35 – National Formulary 30 Chapter <941> Characterization of crystalline and partially crystalline solids by XRPD Official December 1, 2012-May 1, 2013. Furthermore, it is also well known in the

crystallography art that for any given crystal form the angular peak positions may vary slightly. For example, peak positions can shift due to a variation in the temperature or humidity at which a sample is analyzed, sample displacement, or the presence or absence of an internal standard. In the present case, a peak position variability of ± 0.2 in 2Θ will take into account these potential variations without hindering the unequivocal identification of the indicated crystal form Confirmation of a crystal form may be made based on any unique combination of distinguishing peaks (in units of ° 2Θ), typically the more prominent peaks. The crystal form diffraction patterns, collected at ambient temperature and relative humidity, were adjusted based on NIST 675 standard peaks at 8.85 and 26.77 degrees 2-theta,

Characterize a prepared sample of crystalline 5-(5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)- lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate by an XPRD pattern using CuKa radiation as having diffraction peaks (2-theta values) as described in Table 1 below. Specifically the pattern contains a peak at 12.6 in

combination with one or more of the peaks selected from the group consisting of 24.8, 25.5, 8.1, 6.6, 12.3, and 16.3 with a tolerance for the diffraction angles of 0.2 degrees.

PATENT

WO 2017105982

Example 1

5-(5-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile S)-lactate monohydrate

Combine a THF solution (22%) of i<?ri-butyl (3-(2-(2-cyanoacetyl)-3-methoxyphenoxy)propyl)carbamate (1.0 eqv, this is define as one volume) with hydrazine (35%, 1.5 eqv), acetic acid (glacial, 1.0 eqv), water (1 volume based on the THF solution) and methanol (2 volumes based on the THF solution). As this is a continuous operation, grams or kg is irrelevant in this processing methodology. Heat the resulting mixture to 130 °C and 1379 kPa with a rate of V/Q = 70 minutes (where V refers to the volume of the reactor and Q refers to flow rate), tau = 60. Extract the solution with toluene (4 volumes), water (1 volume), and sodium carbonate (10% aqueous, 1 eqv). Isolate the toluene layer and add to DMSO (0.5 volumes). Collect a solution of the intermediate compound i<?ri-butyl (3-(2-(3-amino- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy)

propyl)carbamate (26.59 kg, 91%) in 10 days, mp = 247.17 °C as a DMSO solution (3 volumes of product). N-ethylmorpholine (1.2 eqv) and 5-chloropyrazine-2-carbonitrile (1.15 eqv) in 2 volumes of DMSO is combined in a tube reactor at 80 °C, V/Q = 3 and tau = 170 minutes at ambient pressure. Add the product stream to methanol (20 vol). As a continuous process, filter the mixture and wash with methanol followed by MTBE. Air dry the material on the filter to give i<?ri-butyl (3-(2-(3-((5-cyanopyrazin-2-yl)amino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy) propyl)carbamate in a continuous fashion (22.2 kg, 88.7%, 8 days). Dissolve a solution of i<?ri-butyl (3-(2-(3-((5-cyanopyrazin-2-yl)amino)-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenoxy) propyl)carbamate in formic acid (99%, 142 kg) at ambient temperature and agitate for 4 hours to provide an intermediate of 5-((5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile formate. Dilute the solution with water (55 kg), (S)-lactic acid (30%, 176 kg) and distill the resulting mixture until < 22 kg formic acid remains. Crystallize the resulting residue from THF and wash with a THF -water (0.5% in THF) solution. Dry the wet cake at 30 °C at >10% relative humidity to give the title product as a white to yellow solid (24.04 kg, 85-90%), m.p. 157 °C.

Alternate Preparation Example 1

5-(5-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrazine-2- carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate

Add 5-({3-[2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl]-lH-pyrazol-5-yl}amino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (4.984 g, 13.33 mmol, 97.7 wt%) to n-PrOH (15.41 g, 19.21 mL) to form a slurry. Heat the slurry to 60 °C. Add (S)-lactic acid (1.329 g, 14.75 mmol) to water (19.744 mL) and add this solution to the slurry at 58 °C. Heat the solution to 60 °C and add n-PrOH (21.07 g, 26.27 mL). Seed the solution with 5-((5-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)-6-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (S)-lactate monohydrate (48.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) and cool the solution to 40 °C over 35 minutes. Add ft-PrOH (60.5 mL) to the slurry at 40 °C via a syringe pump over 2 hours and maintain the temperature at 40 °C. Once complete, air cool the slurry to ambient temperature for 2 hours, then cool the mixture in ice-water for 2 hours. Filter the product, wash the wet cake with 6:1 (v/v) n-PrOH : H20 (15 mL), followed by n-PrOH (15 mL)

and dry the wet cake for 20 minutes. Dry the solid overnight at 40 °C in vacuo to give the title compound as a white to yellow solid (5.621 g, 89.1%), m.p. 157 °C.

Clip

Kilogram-scale prexasertib monolactate monohydrate synthesis under continuous-flow CGMP conditions

Science  16 Jun 2017:
Vol. 356, Issue 6343, pp. 1144-1150
DOI: 10.1126/science.aan0745

science 20173561144

Kilogram-Scale Prexasertib Monolactate Monohydrate Synthesis under Continuous-Flow CGMP Conditions


A multidisciplinary team from Eli Lilly reports the development and implementation of eight continuous unit operations for the synthesis of ca. 3 kg API per day under CGMP conditions (K. P. Cole et al., Science 20173561144). The recent drive toward more potent APIs that have a low annual demand (<100 kg) has made continuous synthesis a viable alternative to traditional batch processes with advantages which include reducing equipment footprint and worker exposure. In this report the authors describe the enablement of three continuous synthetic steps followed by a salt formation, using surge tanks between steps to allow each step to be taken offline if online PAT detects a loss in reaction performance. A combination of MSMPRs (mixed-suspension, mixed-product removal) vessels, plug-flow reactors, and dissolve-off filters were used to perform the chemistry, with an automated 20 L rotary evaporator used to concentrate process streams and perform solvents swaps. This paper gives an excellent account of the potential solutions to continuous API synthesis and is well worth a read for anyone contemplating such methodology.
str1 str2 str3

Integrated flow synthesis and purification process for prexasertib meets high industry standards

Photograph of continuous crystallizers during processing

Source: © Eli Lilly and Company

Continuous crystallisation, shown here, and subsequent filtration have been the most difficult-to-develop part of the prexasertib production process

Eli Lilly has taken an important step away from traditional batch process drug manufacturing by using an industry-first continuous process to make a compound for phase I and II clinical trials. Workers at Lilly’s Kinsale site in Ireland, did three steps involved in producing cancer drug candidate prexasertib continuously, under current good manufacturing practice (CGMP) standards that ensure safety for human consumption.

Continuous processing relies on chemical and physical changes happening as substances flow through pipes. Isolated steps of this type are already well-established in the pharmaceutical industry. However, Lilly ‎principal research scientist Kevin Cole stresses that a series including reaction and purification steps like this has not been demonstrated before. And the company wants to go much further.

‘We envision entire synthetic routes consisting of many reaction and separation unit operations being executed simultaneously in flow, with heavy reliance on design space understanding, process analytical technologies and process modelling to ensure quality,’ Cole says. ‘We think this will drastically change the environment for pharmaceutical manufacturing.’

A scheme showing a continuous manufacturing production route for prexasertib monolactate monohydrate

Source: © Science / AAAS

The complex synthesis of prexasertib even requires the use of toxic hydrazine – used as a rocket fuel. As a result, and because of prexasertib’s toxicity, the drug was a good candidate to test out a comprehensive flow chemistry setup

In batch processes different chemical reaction and purification steps are typically done in large, costly vessels. However, this can be uneconomical when small amounts of drug molecules are needed for early stage clinical trials and, because drugs are getting more potent, increasingly in mainstream production.

By contrast, small volume continuous flow processing runs in more compact equipment in fume hoods. Flow systems can adapt to different processes, with cheap parts that can either be dedicated to specific drugs or readily replaced. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has also been promoting continuous manufacturing because it integrates well with advanced process analytical technology. This helps pharmaceutical companies make high quality drugs with less FDA oversight.

Lilly chose prexasertib as its test case for such a process because it’s challenging to make. It is a chain of three aromatic rings, and one challenge comes because its central ring is formed using hydrazine. Hydrazine is used as a component in rocket fuel, and is also highly toxic. A second challenge comes from prexasertib itself, which, as a potent kinase inhibitor, is toxic to healthy cells, as well as cancerous ones, even at low doses. Lilly therefore wants to minimise its workers’ exposure.

Feeding the plant

Cole and his colleagues at Lilly’s labs in Indianapolis, US, have developed flow processes for three of the seven steps involved in prexasertib production. They start with the hydrazine step, which they could safely speed up by super-heating in the continuous process. After aqueous workup purification the solution of the two-ring intermediate solution runs into a ‘surge tank’. From there the solution flows intermittently into a rotary evaporator that removes solvents to concentrate it.

The second continuous flow step adds the third of prexasertib’s rings. In this case, the Lilly team purified the intermediate by crystallising it and filtering it out, washing away impurities. They could then redissolve the pure intermediate in formic acid, which also removes a protecting group, giving the desired prexasertib molecule. Automating this was probably the hardest part, Cole says. ‘Development of a predictive filtration model, equipment design and identification of formic acid as the solvent were keys to success,’ he explains. The final flow step then starts converting prexasertib to its final lactate salt form.

Photograph of deprotection gas/liquid reactor during processing

Source: © Eli Lilly and Company

This coil of tubes forms a low-cost deprotection gas/liquid reactor Eli Lilly uses during continuous processing of prexasertib

After developing the processes and systems in Indianapolis, Lilly shipped them to be equipped in an existing facility at its Kinsale manufacturing site at the cost of €1 million (£870,000). Once the prexasertib system was installed, the company was able to make 3kg of raw material per day for clinical trials. Cole describes the level of manual intervention needed as ‘moderate’.

Klavs Jensen from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology calls the paper describing the work ‘terrific’. ‘This work marks an important milestone in the continuous manufacturing of pharmaceuticals by demonstrating the feasibility of producing a modern kinase inhibitor under CGMP conditions,’ he says.

Likewise, Brahim Benyahia from Loughborough University, UK, calls this achievement ‘very interesting’. ‘The paper is another example that demonstrates the benefits and feasibility of the integrated continuous approach in pharma,’ he says.

Cole adds that Lilly has several other similar projects in advanced stages of development intended for the €35 million small-volume continuous plant it recently built in Kinsale. ‘We are committed to continuous manufacturing as well as full utilisation of our new facility,’ he says.

Correction: This article was updated on 16 June 2017 to clarify the chronology of the completion of the Kinsale, Ireland plant

References

REFERENCES

1: Lowery CD, VanWye AB, Dowless M, Blosser W, Falcon BL, Stewart J, Stephens J, Beckmann RP, Bence Lin A, Stancato LF. The Checkpoint Kinase 1 Inhibitor Prexasertib Induces Regression of Preclinical Models of Human Neuroblastoma. Clin Cancer Res. 2017 Mar 7. pii: clincanres.2876.2016. doi: 10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-16-2876. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28270495.

2: Zeng L, Beggs RR, Cooper TS, Weaver AN, Yang ES. Combining Chk1/2 inhibition with cetuximab and radiation enhances in vitro and in vivo cytotoxicity in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma. Mol Cancer Ther. 2017 Jan 30. pii: molcanther.0352.2016. doi: 10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-16-0352. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28138028.

3: Ghelli Luserna Di Rorà A, Iacobucci I, Imbrogno E, Papayannidis C, Derenzini E, Ferrari A, Guadagnuolo V, Robustelli V, Parisi S, Sartor C, Abbenante MC, Paolini S, Martinelli G. Prexasertib, a Chk1/Chk2 inhibitor, increases the effectiveness of conventional therapy in B-/T- cell progenitor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. Oncotarget. 2016 Aug 16;7(33):53377-53391. doi: 10.18632/oncotarget.10535. PubMed PMID: 27438145; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC5288194.

REFERENCES

1: Zeng L, Beggs RR, Cooper TS, Weaver AN, Yang ES. Combining Chk1/2 inhibition with cetuximab and radiation enhances in vitro and in vivo cytotoxicity in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma. Mol Cancer Ther. 2017 Jan 30. pii: molcanther.0352.2016. doi: 10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-16-0352. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28138028.

2: Ghelli Luserna Di Rorà A, Iacobucci I, Imbrogno E, Papayannidis C, Derenzini E, Ferrari A, Guadagnuolo V, Robustelli V, Parisi S, Sartor C, Abbenante MC, Paolini S, Martinelli G. Prexasertib, a Chk1/Chk2 inhibitor, increases the effectiveness of conventional therapy in B-/T- cell progenitor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. Oncotarget. 2016 Aug 16;7(33):53377-53391. doi: 10.18632/oncotarget.10535. PubMed PMID: 27438145; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC5288194.

3: King C, Diaz HB, McNeely S, Barnard D, Dempsey J, Blosser W, Beckmann R, Barda D, Marshall MS. LY2606368 Causes Replication Catastrophe and Antitumor Effects through CHK1-Dependent Mechanisms. Mol Cancer Ther. 2015 Sep;14(9):2004-13. doi: 10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-14-1037. PubMed PMID: 26141948.
4: Hong D, Infante J, Janku F, Jones S, Nguyen LM, Burris H, Naing A, Bauer TM, Piha-Paul S, Johnson FM, Kurzrock R, Golden L, Hynes S, Lin J, Lin AB, Bendell J. Phase I Study of LY2606368, a Checkpoint Kinase 1 Inhibitor, in Patients With Advanced Cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2016 May 20;34(15):1764-71. doi: 10.1200/JCO.2015.64.5788. PubMed PMID: 27044938.

Prexasertib
Prexasertib.svg
Clinical data
Pregnancy
category
  • IV
ATC code
  • none
Identifiers
CAS Number
ChemSpider
UNII
Chemical and physical data
Formula C18H19N7O2
Molar mass 365.40 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

////////////Prexasertib, прексасертиб , بريكساسيرتيب , 普瑞色替 , PHASE 2, LY-2606368, LY 2606368

N#CC1=NC=C(NC2=NNC(C3=C(OC)C=CC=C3OCCCN)=C2)N=C1

GSK 2330672


Image result for GSK2330672Image result for GSK2330672

GSK 2330672

GSK 672; GSK-2330672

RN: 1345982-69-5
UNII: 386012Z45S

CAS: 1345982-69-5
Chemical Formula: C28H38N2O7S

Molecular Weight: 546.68

Pentanedioic acid, 3-((((3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-1,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl)methyl)amino)-

Pentanedioic acid, 3-((((3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-1,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl)methyl)amino)-

3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid

3-[[[(3R,5R)-3-Butyl-3-ethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-1,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl]amino]pentanedioic acid

  • Originator GlaxoSmithKline
  • Class Antihyperglycaemics
  • Mechanism of Action Sodium-bile acid cotransporter-inhibitors

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase II Primary biliary cirrhosis; Pruritus; Type 2 diabetes mellitus
  • Phase I Cholestasis

Most Recent Events

  • 01 Jan 2017 Phase-II clinical trials in Pruritus in USA (PO) (NCT02966834)
  • 14 Nov 2016 GlaxoSmithKline completes a phase I trial for Cholestasis in Healthy volunteers in Japan (PO, Tablet) (NCT02801981)
  • 11 Nov 2016 Efficacy, safety and pharmacodynamic data from a phase II trial in Primary biliary cirrhosis and Pruritus presented at The Liver Meeting® 2016: 67th Annual Meeting of the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases (AASLD-2016)
Inventors Christopher Joseph AquinoJon Loren CollinsDavid John CowanYulin Wu
Applicant Glaxosmithkline Llc

Christopher Aquino

Christopher Joseph Aquino

GSK2330672 , an ileal bile acid transport (iBAT) inhibitor indicated for diabetes type II and cholestatic pruritus, is currently under Phase IIb evaluation in the clinic. The API is a highly complex molecule containing two stereogenic centers, one of which is quaternary

GSK-2330672 is highly potent, nonabsorbable apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter inhibitor for treatment of type 2 diabetes.

More than 200 million people worldwide have diabetes. The World Health Organization estimates that 1 .1 million people died from diabetes in 2005 and projects that worldwide deaths from diabetes will double between 2005 and 2030. New chemical compounds that effectively treat diabetes could save millions of human lives.

Diabetes refers to metabolic disorders resulting in the body’s inability to effectively regulate glucose levels. Approximately 90% of all diabetes cases are a result of type 2 diabetes whereas the remaining 10% are a result of type 1 diabetes, gestational diabetes, and latent autoimmune diabetes of adulthood (LADA). All forms of diabetes result in elevated blood glucose levels and, if left untreated chronically, can increase the risk of macrovascular (heart disease, stroke, other forms of cardiovascular disease) and microvascular [kidney failure (nephropathy), blindness from diabetic retinopathy, nerve damage (diabetic neuropathy)] complications.

Type 1 diabetes, also known as juvenile or insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), can occur at any age, but it is most often diagnosed in children, adolescents, or young adults. Type 1 diabetes is caused by the autoimmune destruction of insulin-producing beta cells, resulting in an inability to produce sufficient insulin. Insulin controls blood glucose levels by promoting transport of blood glucose into cells for energy use. Insufficient insulin production will lead to decreased glucose uptake into cells and result in accumulation of glucose in the bloodstream. The lack of available glucose in cells will eventually lead to the onset of symptoms of type 1 diabetes: polyuria (frequent urination), polydipsia (thirst), constant hunger, weight loss, vision changes, and fatigue. Within 5-10 years of being diagnosed with type 1 diabetes, patient’s insulin-producing beta cells of the pancreas are completely destroyed, and the body can no longer produce insulin. As a result, patients with type 1 diabetes will require daily administration of insulin for the remainder of their lives.

Type 2 diabetes, also known as non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) or adult-onset diabetes, occurs when the pancreas produces insufficient insulin and/or tissues become resistant to normal or high levels of insulin (insulin resistance), resulting in excessively high blood glucose levels. Multiple factors can lead to insulin resistance including chronically elevated blood glucose levels, genetics, obesity, lack of physical activity, and increasing age. Unlike type 1 diabetes, symptoms of type 2 diabetes are more salient, and as a result, the disease may not be diagnosed until several years after onset with a peak prevalence in adults near an age of 45 years. Unfortunately, the incidence of type 2 diabetes in children is increasing.

The primary goal of treatment of type 2 diabetes is to achieve and maintain glycemic control to reduce the risk of microvascular (diabetic neuropathy, retinopathy, or nephropathy) and macrovascular (heart disease, stroke, other forms of cardiovascular disease) complications. Current guidelines for the treatment of type 2 diabetes from the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD) [Diabetes Care, 2008, 31 (12), 1 ] outline lifestyle modification including weight loss and increased physical activity as a primary therapeutic approach for management of type 2 diabetes. However, this approach alone fails in the majority of patients within the first year, leading physicians to prescribe medications over time. The ADA and EASD recommend metformin, an agent that reduces hepatic glucose production, as a Tier 1 a medication; however, a significant number of patients taking metformin can experience gastrointestinal side effects and, in rare cases, potentially fatal lactic acidosis. Recommendations for Tier 1 b class of medications include sulfonylureas, which stimulate pancreatic insulin secretion via modulation of potassium channel activity, and exogenous insulin. While both medications rapidly and effectively reduce blood glucose levels, insulin requires 1 -4 injections per day and both agents can cause undesired weight gain and potentially fatal hypoglycemia. Tier 2a recommendations include newer agents such as thiazolidinediones (TZDs pioglitazone and rosiglitazone), which enhance insulin sensitivity of muscle, liver and fat, as well as GLP-1 analogs, which enhance postprandial glucose-mediated insulin secretion from pancreatic beta cells. While TZDs show robust, durable control of blood glucose levels, adverse effects include weight gain, edema, bone fractures in women, exacerbation of congestive heart failure, and potential increased risk of ischemic cardiovascular events. GLP-1 analogs also effectively control blood glucose levels, however, this class of medications requires injection and many patients complain of nausea. The most recent addition to the Tier 2 medication list is DPP-4 inhibitors, which, like GLP-1 analogs, enhance glucose- medicated insulin secretion from beta cells. Unfortunately, DPP-4 inhibitors only modestly control blood glucose levels, and the long-term safety of DPP-4 inhibitors remains to be firmly established. Other less prescribed medications for type 2 diabetes include a-glucosidase inhibitors, glinides, and amylin analogs. Clearly, new medications with improved efficacy, durability, and side effect profiles are needed for patients with type 2 diabetes.

GLP-1 and GIP are peptides, known as incretins, that are secreted by L and K cells, respectively, from the gastrointestinal tract into the blood stream following ingestion of nutrients. This important physiological response serves as the primary signaling mechanism between nutrient (glucose/fat) concentration in the

gastrointestinal tract and other peripheral organs. Upon secretion, both circulating peptides initiate signals in beta cells of the pancreas to enhance glucose-stimulated insulin secretion, which, in turn, controls glucose concentrations in the blood stream (For reviews see: Diabetic Medicine 2007, 24(3), 223; Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology 2009, 297(1-2), 127; Experimental and Clinical Endocrinology & Diabetes 2001 , 109(Suppl. 2), S288).

The association between the incretin hormones GLP-1 and GIP and type 2 diabetes has been extensively explored. The majority of studies indicate that type 2 diabetes is associated with an acquired defect in GLP-1 secretion as well as GIP action (see Diabetes 2007, 56(8), 1951 and Current Diabetes Reports 2006, 6(3), 194). The use of exogenous GLP-1 for treatment of patients with type 2 diabetes is severely limited due to its rapid degradation by the protease DPP-4. Multiple modified peptides have been designed as GLP-1 mimetics that are DPP-4 resistant and show longer half-lives than endogenous GLP-1 . Agents with this profile that have been shown to be highly effective for treatment of type 2 diabetes include exenatide and liraglutide, however, these agents require injection. Oral agents that inhibit DPP-4, such as sitagliptin vildagliptin, and saxagliptin, elevate intact GLP-1 and modestly control circulating glucose levels (see Pharmacology & Therapeutics 2010, 125(2), 328; Diabetes Care 2007, 30(6), 1335; Expert Opinion on Emerging Drugs 2008, 13(4), 593). New oral medications that increase GLP-1 secretion would be desirable for treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Bile acids have been shown to enhance peptide secretion from the

gastrointestinal tract. Bile acids are released from the gallbladder into the small intestine after each meal to facilitate digestion of nutrients, in particular fat, lipids, and lipid-soluble vitamins. Bile acids also function as hormones that regulate cholesterol homeostasis, energy, and glucose homeostasis via nuclear receptors (FXR, PXR, CAR, VDR) and the G-protein coupled receptor TGR5 (for reviews see: Nature Drug Discovery 2008, 7, 672; Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism 2008, 10, 1004). TGR5 is a member of the Rhodopsin-like subfamily of GPCRs (Class A) that is expressed in intestine, gall bladder, adipose tissue, liver, and select regions of the central nervous system. TGR5 is activated by multiple bile acids with lithocholic and deoxycholic acids as the most potent activators {Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2008, 51(6), 1831 ). Both deoxycholic and lithocholic acids increase GLP-1 secretion from an enteroendocrine STC-1 cell line, in part through TGR5

{Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 2005, 329, 386). A synthetic TGR5 agonist INT-777 has been shown to increase intestinal GLP-1 secretion in vivo in mice {Cell Metabolism 2009, 10, 167). Bile salts have been shown to promote secretion of GLP-1 from colonic L cells in a vascularly perfused rat colon model {Journal of Endocrinology 1995, 145(3), 521 ) as well as GLP-1 , peptide YY (PYY), and neurotensin in a vascularly perfused rat ileum model {Endocrinology 1998, 139(9), 3780). In humans, infusion of deoxycholate into the sigmoid colon produces a rapid and marked dose responsive increase in plasma PYY and enteroglucagon concentrations (Gi/M993, 34(9), 1219). Agents that increase ileal and colonic bile acid or bile salt concentrations will increase gut peptide secretion including, but not limited to, GLP-1 and PYY.

Bile acids are synthesized from cholesterol in the liver then undergo conjugation of the carboxylic acid with the amine functionality of taurine and glycine. Conjugated bile acids are secreted into the gall bladder where accumulation occurs until a meal is consumed. Upon eating, the gall bladder contracts and empties its contents into the duodenum, where the conjugated bile acids facilitate absorption of cholesterol, fat, and fat-soluble vitamins in the proximal small intestine (For reviews see: Frontiers in Bioscience 2009, 74, 2584; Clinical Pharmacokinetics 2002,

41(10), 751 ; Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2001 , 32, 407). Conjugated bile acids continue to flow through the small intestine until the distal ileum where 90% are reabsorbed into enterocytes via the apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT, also known as iBAT). The remaining 10% are deconjugated to bile acids by intestinal bacteria in the terminal ileum and colon of which 5% are then passively reabsorbed in the colon and the remaining 5% being excreted in feces. Bile acids that are reabsorbed by ASBT in the ileum are then transported into the portal vein for recirculation to the liver. This highly regulated process, called enterohepatic recirculation, is important for the body’s overall maintenance of the total bile acid pool as the amount of bile acid that is synthesized in the liver is equivalent to the amount of bile acids that are excreted in feces.

Pharmacological disruption of bile acid reabsorption with an inhibitor of ASBT leads to increased concentrations of bile acids in the colon and feces, a physiological consequence being increased conversion of hepatic cholesterol to bile acids to compensate for fecal loss of bile acids. Many pharmaceutical companies have pursued this mechanism as a strategy for lowering serum cholesterol in patients with dyslipidemia/hypercholesterolemia (For a review see: Current Medicinal Chemistry 2006, 73, 997). Importantly, ASBT-inhibitor mediated increase in colonic bile acid/salt concentration also will increase intestinal GLP-1 , PYY, GLP-2, and other gut peptide hormone secretion. Thus, inhibitors of ASBT could be useful for treatment of type 2 diabetes, type 1 diabetes, dyslipidemia, obesity, short bowel syndrome, Chronic Idiopathic Constipation, Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), Crohn’s disease, and arthritis.

Certain 1 ,4-thiazepines are disclosed, for example in WO 94/18183 and WO 96/05188. These compounds are said to be useful as ileal bile acid reuptake inhibitors (ASBT).

Patent publication WO 201 1/137,135 dislcoses, among other compounds, the following compound. This patent publication also discloses methods of synthesis of the compound.

The preparation of the above compound is also disclosed in J. Med. Chem, Vol 56, pp5094-51 14 (2013).

PATENT

WO 2016020785

EXAMPLES

Patent publication WO 201 1/137,135 dislcoses general methods for preparing the compound. In addition, a detailed synthesis of the compound is disclosed in Example 26. J. Med. Chem, Vol 56, pp5094-51 14 (2013) also discloses a method for synthesising the compound.

The present invention discloses an improved synthesis of the compound.

The synthetic scheme of the present invention is depicted in Scheme 1 .

Treatment of 2-methoxyphenyl acetate with sulfur monochloride followed by ester hydrolysis and reduction with zinc gave rise to thiophenol (A). Epoxide ring opening of (+)-2-butyl-ethyloxirane with thiophenol (A) and subsequent treatment of tertiary alcohol (B) with chloroacetonitrile under acidic conditions gave chloroacetamide (C), which was then converted to intermediate (E) by cleavage of the chloroacetamide with thiourea followed by classical resolution with dibenzoyl-L-tartaric acid.

Benzoylation of intermediate (E) with triflic acid and benzoyl chloride afforded intermediate (H). Cyclization of intermediate (H) followed by oxidation of the sulfide to a sulphone, subseguent imine reduction and classical resolution with (+)-camphorsulfonic acid provided intermediate (G), which was then converted to intermediate (H). Intermediate (H) was converted to the target compound using the methods disclosed in Patent publication WO 201 1/137,135.

Scheme 1

Dibenzoyl-L-tataric acid

The present invention also discloses an alternative method for construction of the quaternary chiral center as depicted in Scheme 2. Reaction of intermediate (A) with (R)-2-ammonio-2-ethylhexyl sulfate (K) followed by formation of di-p-toluoyl-L-tartrate salt furnished intermediate (L).

The present invention also discloses an alternative synthesis of intermediate (H) as illustrated in Scheme 3. Acid catalyzed cyclization of intermediate (F) followed by triflation gave imine (M), which underwent asymmetric reduction with catalyst lr(COD)2BArF and ligand (N) to give intermediate (O). Oxidation of the sulfide in intermediate (O) gave sulphone intermediate (H).

The present invention differs from the synthesis disclosed in WO 201 1/137,135 and J. Med. Chem, Vol56, pp5094-51 14 (2013) in that intermediate (H) in the present invention is prepared via a new, shorter and more cost-efficient synthesis while the synthesis of the target compound from intermediate (H) remains unchanged.

Intermediate A: 3-Hydroxy-4-methoxythiophenol

A reaction vessel was charged with 2-methoxyphenyl acetate (60 g, 0.36 mol), zinc chloride (49.2 g, 0.36 mol) and DME (600 mL). The mixture was stirred and S2CI2 (53.6 g, 0.40 mol) was added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. Concentrated HCI (135.4 mL, 1 .63 mol) was diluted with water (60 mL) and added slowly to the rxn mixture, maintaining the temperature below 60 °C. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h and then cooled to ambient

temperature. Zinc dust (56.7 g, 0.87 mol) was added in portions, maintaining the temperature below 60 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20-60 °C for 1 h and then concentrated under vacuum to -300 mL. MTBE (1 .2 L) and water (180 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed twice with water (2x 240 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to give an oil. The oil was distilled at 1 10-1 15 °C/2 mbar to give the title compound (42 g, 75%) as colorless oil, which solidified on standing to afford the title compound as a white solid. M.P. 41 -42 °C. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3)$ ppm 3.39 (s, 1 H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 5.65 (br. S, 1 H), 6.75 (d, J – 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (ddd, J – 8.3, 2.2, 0.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J – 2.2 Hz).

Intermediate E: (R)-5-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-2-methoxyphenol, dibenzoyl-L-tartrate salt

A reaction vessel was charged with 3-hydroxy-4-methoxythiophenol (5.0 g, 25.2 mmol), (+)-2-butyl-2-ethyloxirane (3.56 g, 27.7 mmol) and EtOH (30 mL). The mixture was treated with a solution of NaOH (2.22 g, 55.5 mmol) in water (20 mL), heated to 40 °C and stirred at 40 °C for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, treated with toluene (25 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The layers were separated and the organic layer was discarded. The aqueous layer was neutralized with 2N HCI (27.8 mL, 55.6 mmol) and extracted with toluene (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (25 mL), concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was treated with chloroacetonitrile (35.9 mL) and HOAc (4.3 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. H2SO4 (6.7 mL, 126 mmol, pre-diluted with 2.3 mL of water) was added at a rate maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. After stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h, the reaction mixture was treated with 20% aqueous Na2CO3 solution to adjust the pH to

7-8 and then extracted with MTBE (70 ml_). The extract was washed with water (35 ml_) and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was then dissolved in EOH (50 ml_) and treated with HOAc (10 ml_) and thiourea (2.30 g, 30.2 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux overnight and then cooled to ambient temperature. The solids were filtered and washed with EtOH (10 ml_). The filtrate and the wash were combined and concentrated in vacuo, treated with MTBE (140 ml_) and washed successively with 10% aqueous Na2C03 and water. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was dissolved in MeCN (72 ml_), heated to -50 °C and then dibenzoyl-L-tartaric acid (9.0 g, 25.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (22 ml_) was added slowly. Seed crystals were added at -50 °C. The resultant slurry was stirred at 45-50 °C for 5 h, then cooled down to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solids were filtered and washed with MeCN (2x 22 ml_). The wet cake was treated with MeCN (150 ml_) and heated to 50 °C. The slurry was stirred at 50 °C for 5 h, cooled over 1 h to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solids were collected by filtration, washed with MeCN (2 x 20 ml_), dried under vacuum to give the title compound (5.5 g, 34% overall yield, 99.5% purity, 93.9% ee) as a white solid. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.78 (m, 6H), 1 .13 (m, 4H), 1 .51 (m, 2H), 1 .58 (q, J – 7.7 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 5.66 (s, 2H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.93 (m, 1 H), 7.49 (m, 4H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.94 (m, 4H). EI-LCMS m/z 284 (M++1 of free base).

Intermediate F: (R)-(2-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-4-hydroxy-5-methoxyphenyl)(phenyl)methanone

A suspension of (R)-5-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-2-methoxyphenol, dibenzoyl-L-tartrate salt (29 g, 45.2 mmol) in DCM (435 mL) was treated with water (1 16 mL) and 10% aqueous Na2C03 solution (1 16 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until all solids were dissolved (30 min). The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 60 mL), concentrated under vacuum to give (R)-5-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-2-methoxyphenol (free base) as an off-white solid (13.0 g, quantitative). A vessel was charged with TfOH (4.68 ml, 52.9 mmol) and DCM (30 mL) and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. 5 g (17.6 mmol) of (R)-5-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-2-methoxyphenol (free base) was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and added at a rate maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. Benzoyl chloride (4.5 mL, 38.8 mmol) was added at a rate maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. The mixture was then heated to reflux and stirred at reflux for 48 h. The mixture was cooled to 30 °C. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated to remove DCM. EtOH (10 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to 40 ° C, treated with 50% aqueous NaOH solution (10 mL) and stirred at 55 °C. After 1 h, the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the pH was adjusted to 6-7 with cone. HCI. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove EtOH. EtOAc (100 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5 min and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed successively with 10% aqueous Na2CO3 (25 mL) and water (25 mL) and then concentrated in vacuo. The resultant oil was treated with DCM (15 mL). The resultant thick slurry was further diluted with DCM (15 mL) followed by addition of Hexanes (60 mL). The slurry was stirred for 5 min, filtered, washed with DCM/hexanes (1 :2, 2 x 10 mL) and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (7.67 g, 80%) as a yellow solid. 1 NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.70 (t, 7.1 Hz, 3 H), 0.81 (t, 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1 .04-1 .27 (m, 8H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1 H), 7.01 (s, 1 H), 7.52 (dd, J – 7.8, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H). EI-LCMS m/z 388 (M++1 ).

Intermediate G: (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-8-hydroxy-7-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepine 1 ,1 -dioxide, (+)-camphorsulfonate salt

A vessel was charged with (R)-(2-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-4-hydroxy-5-methoxyphenyl)(phenyl)methanone (1 .4 g, 3.61 mmol), toluene (8.4 ml_) and citric acid (0.035 g, 0.181 mmol, 5 mol%). The mixture was heated to reflux overnight with a Dean-Stark trap to remove water. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvents. Methanol (14.0 ml_) and oxone (2.22 g, 3.61 mmol, 1 .0 equiv) were added. The mixture was stirred at gentle reflux for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, and filtered to remove solids. The filter cake was washed with small amount of Methanol. The filtrate was cooled to 5 °C, and treated with sodium borohydride (0.410 g, 10.84 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) in small portions. The mixture was stirred at 5 °C for 2 h and then concentrated to remove the majority of solvents. The mixture was quenched with Water (28.0 ml_) and extracted with EtOAc (28.0 ml_). The organic layer was washed with brine, and then concentrated to remove solvents. The residue was dissolved in MeCN (14.0 ml_) and concentrated again to remove solvents. The residue was dissolved in MeCN (7.00 ml_) and MTBE (7.00 ml_) at 40 °C, and treated with (+)-camphorsulfonic acid (0.839 g, 3.61 mmol, 1 .0 equiv.) at 40 °C for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, stirred for 2 h, and filtered to collect solids. The filter cake was washed with MTBE/MeCN (2:1 , 3 ml_), and dried at 50 °C to give the title compound (0.75 g, 32% overall yield, 98.6 purity, 97% de, 99.7% ee) as white solids. 1 NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 0.63 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J – 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (m, 6H), 1 .29-1 .39 (m, 5H), 1 .80-1 .97 (m, 6H), 2.08-2.10 (m, 1 H), 2.27 (d, J – 17.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.54 (b, 1 H), 2.91 (b, 1 H), 3.48 (d, J – 15.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.05 (d, J – 17.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.45 (s, 1 H), 6.56 (s, 1 H), 7.51 -7.56 (m, 4H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (b, 2H), 1 1 .46 (b, 1 H). EI-LCMS m/z 404 (M++1 of free base).

Intermediate H: (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-methoxy-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2, 3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepin-8-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate

Method 1 : A mixture of (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-8-hydroxy-7-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepine 1 ,1 -dioxide, (+)-camphorsulfonate salt (0.5 g, 0.786 mmol), EtOAc (5.0 mL), and 10% of Na2C03 aqueuous solution (5 mL) was stirred for 15 min. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was discarded. The organic layer was washed with dilute brine twice, concentrated to remove solvents. EtOAc (5.0 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated to give a pale yellow solid free base. 1 ,4-Dioxane (5.0 mL) and pyridine (0.13 mL, 1 .57 mmol) were added. The mixture was cooled to 5-10 °C and triflic anhydride (0.199 mL, 1 .180 mmol) was added while maintaining the temperature below 15 °C. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until completion deemed by HPLC (1 h). Toluene (5 mL) and water (5 mL) were added. Layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water, concentrated to remove solvents. Toluene (1 .0 mL) was added to dissolve the residue followed by Isooctane (4.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The solids was filtered, washed with Isooctane (4.0 mL) to give the title compound (0.34 g, 81 %) as slightly yellow solids. 1 NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 0.86 (t, J – 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J – 7.6 Hz, 3H), 1 .12-1 .15 (m, 1 H), 1 .22-1 .36 (m, 3H), 1 .48-1 .60 (m, 2H), 1 .86-1 .93 (m, 2H), 2.22 (dt, J = 4.1 Hz, 12 Hz, 1 H), 3.10 (d, J – 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.49 (d, J – 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 6.1 1 (s, 1 H), 6.36 (s, 1 H), 7.38-7.48 (m, 5), 7.98 (s, 1 H).

Method 2: A mixture of (R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepin-8-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.5 g, 0.997 mmol), ligand (N) (0.078 g, 0.1 10 mmol) and lr(COD)2BArF (0.127 g, 0.100 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was purged with nitrogen three times, then hydrogen three times. The mixture was shaken in Parr shaker under 10 Bar of H2 for 24 h. The experiment described above was repeated with 1 .0 g (1 .994 mmol) input of (R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepin-8-yl

trifluoromethanesulfonate. The two batches of the reaction mixture were combined,

concentrated to remove solvents, and purified by silica gel chromatography

(hexanes:EtOAc =9:1 ) to give the sulfide (O) as slightly yellow oil (0.6 g, 40% yield, 99.7% purity). The oil (0.6 g, 1 .191 mmol) was dissolved in TFA (1 .836 mL, 23.83 mmol) and stirred at 40 °C. H202 (0.268 mL, 2.62 mmol) was added slowly over 30 min. The mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 2 h and then cooled to room temperature. Water (10 mL) and toluene (6.0 mL) were added. Layers were separated and the organic layer was washed successively with aqueous sodium carbonate solution and wate, and concentrated to dryness. Toluene (6.0 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in toluene (2.4 mL) and isooctane (7.20 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The solid was filtered and washed with isooctane to give the title compound (0.48 g, 75%).

Intermediate L: (R)-5-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-2-methoxyphenol, di-p-toluoyl-L-tartrate salt

To a mixture of (R)-2-amino-2-ethylhexyl hydrogen sulfate (1 1 .1 g, 49.3 mmol) in water (23.1 mL) was added NaOH (5.91 g, 148 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and extracted with MTBE (30.8 mL). The extract was washed with brine (22 mL), concentrated under vacuum and treated with methanol (30.8 mL). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen and treated with 3-hydroxy-4-methoxythiophenol (7.70 g, 49.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, treated with acetonitrile (154 mL) and then heated to 45 °C. To the stirred mixture was added (2R,3R)-2,3-bis((4-methylbenzoyl)oxy)succinic acid (19.03 g, 49.3 mmol). The resultant slurry was

stirred at 45 °C. After 2 h, the slurry was cooled to room temperature and stirred for 5 h. The solids were filtered, washed twice with acetonitrile (30 mL) and dried to give the title compound (28.0 g, 85%) as white solids. 1 NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 0.70-0.75 (m, 6H), 1 .17 (b, 4H), 1 .46-1 .55 (m, 4H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J – 1 1 .6 Hz, 4H), 7.76 (d, J – 1 1 .6 Hz, 4H).

Intermediate M: (R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3

dihydrobenzo[f][1 ,4]thiazepin-8-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate

A flask was charged with (R)-(2-((2-amino-2-ethylhexyl)thio)-4-hydroxy-5-methoxyphenyl)(phenyl)methanone (3.5 g, 9.03 mmol), citric acid (0.434 g, 2.258 mmol), 1 ,4-Dioxane (17.50 mL) and Toluene (17.50 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux with a Dean-Stark trap to distill water azetropically. The mixture was refluxed for 20 h and then cooled to room temperature. EtOAc (35.0 mL) and water (35.0 mL) were added and layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium carbonate solution and concentrated to remove solvents to give crude imine as brown oil. The oil was dissolved in EtOAc (35.0 mL) and cooled to 0-5 °C. To the mixture was added triethylamine (1 .888 mL, 13.55 mmol) followed by slow addition of Tf2O (1 .831 mL, 10.84 mmol) at 0-5 °C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Water was added and layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The crude triflate was purified by silica gel chromatography

(hexane:EtOAc =90:10) to give the title compound (3.4 g, 75%) as amber oil. 1 NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 0.86 (t, J – 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J – 7.9 Hz, 3H), 1 .19-1 .34 (m, 4H), 1 .47-1 .71 (m, 4H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 6.75 (s, 1 H), 7.35-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J – 7.6 Hz, 2H).

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2013), 56(12), 5094-5114.

Abstract Image

The apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT) transports bile salts from the lumen of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract to the liver via the portal vein. Multiple pharmaceutical companies have exploited the physiological link between ASBT and hepatic cholesterol metabolism, which led to the clinical investigation of ASBT inhibitors as lipid-lowering agents. While modest lipid effects were demonstrated, the potential utility of ASBT inhibitors for treatment of type 2 diabetes has been relatively unexplored. We initiated a lead optimization effort that focused on the identification of a potent, nonabsorbable ASBT inhibitor starting from the first-generation inhibitor 264W94 (1). Extensive SAR studies culminated in the discovery of GSK2330672 (56) as a highly potent, nonabsorbable ASBT inhibitor which lowers glucose in an animal model of type 2 diabetes and shows excellent developability properties for evaluating the potential therapeutic utility of a nonabsorbable ASBT inhibitor for treatment of patients with type 2 diabetes.

PATENT

WO 2011137135

Example 26: 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid

Figure imgf000082_0001

Method 1 , Step 1 : To a solution of (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepine-8-carbaldehyde 1 ,1 -dioxide (683 mg, 1 .644 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (20 mL) was added diethyl 3- aminopentanedioate (501 mg, 2.465 mmol) and acetic acid (0.188 mL, 3.29 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr then treated with NaHB(OAc)3 (697 mg, 3.29 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight and quenched with aqueous potassium carbonate solution. The mixture was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with H2O, saturated brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give diethyl 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioate (880 mg, 88%) as a light yellow oil: MS-LCMS m/z 603 (M+H)+.

Method 1 , Step 2: To a solution of diethyl 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7- (methyloxy)-l ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8- yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioate (880 mg, 1 .460 mmol) in a 1 :1 :1 mixture of

THF/MeOH/H2O (30 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (175 mg, 7.30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then concentrated under reduced pressure. H2O and MeCN was added to dissolve the residue. The solution was acidified with acetic acid to pH 4-5, partially concentrated to remove MeCN under reduced pressure, and left to stand for 30 min. The white precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 50°C overnight to give the title compound (803 mg, 100%) as a white solid: 1 H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ ppm 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.27 – 7.49 (m, 5H), 6.29 (s, 1 H), 6.06 (s, 1 H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.60 – 3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.47 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.09 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.52 – 2.73 (m, 4H), 2.12 – 2.27 (m, 1 H), 1 .69 – 1 .84 (m, 1 H), 1 .48 – 1 .63 (m, 1 H), 1 .05 – 1 .48 (m, 5H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H); ES-LCMS m/z 547 (M+H) Method 2: A solution of dimethyl 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-

1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8- yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioate (~ 600 g) in THF (2.5 L) and MeOH (1 .25 L) was cooled in an ice-bath and a solution of NaOH (206 g, 5.15 mol) in water (2.5 L) was added dropwise over 20 min (10-22°C reaction temperature). After stirring 20 min, the solution was concentrated (to remove THF/MeOH) and acidified to pH~4 with concentrated HCI. The precipitated product was aged with stirring, collected by filtration and air dried overnight. A second 600g batch of dimethyl 3-({[(3R,5R)-3- butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4- benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioate was saponified in a similar fashion. The combined crude products (~2 mol theoretical) were suspended in CH3CN (8 L) and water (4 L) and the stirred mixture was heated to 65°C. A solution formed which was cooled to 10°C over 2 h while seeding a few times with an authentic sample of the desired crystalline product. The resulting slurry was stirred at 10°C for 2 h, and the solid was collected by filtration. The filter cake was washed with water and air-dried overnight. Further drying to constant weight in a vacuum oven at 55°C afforded crystalline 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 – dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8- yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid as a white solid (790 g).

Method 3: (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1 ,4-benzothiazepine-8-carbaldehyde 1 ,1 -dioxide (1802 grams, 4.336 moles) and dimethyl 3-aminopentanedioate (1334 grams, 5.671 moles) were slurried in iPrOAc (13.83 kgs). A nitrogen atmosphere was applied to the reactor. To the slurry at 20°C was added glacial acetic acid (847 ml_, 14.810 moles), and the mixture was stirred until complete dissolution was observed. Solid sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1424 grams, 6.719 moles) was next added to the reaction over a period of 7 minutes. The reaction was held at 20°C for a total of 3 hours at which time LC analysis of a sample indicated complete consumption of the (3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl- 7-(methyloxy)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepine-8-carbaldehyde 1 ,1 – dioxide. Next, water (20.36 kgs) and brine (4.8 kgs) were added to the reactor. The contents of the reactor were stirred for 10 minutes and then settled for 10 minutes. The bottom, aqueous layer was then removed and sent to waste. A previously prepared, 10% (wt/wt) aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (22.5 L) was added to the reactor. The contents were stirred for 10 minutes and then settled for 10 minutes. The bottom, aqueous layer was then removed and sent to waste. To the reactor was added a second wash of 10% (wt/wt) aqueous, sodium bicarbonate

(22.5 L). The contents of the reactor were stirred for 10 minutes and settled for 10 minutes. The bottom, aqueous layer was then removed and sent to waste. The contents of the reactor were then reduced to an oil under vacuum distillation. To the oil was added THF (7.15 kgs) and MeOH (3.68 kgs). The contents of the reactor were heated to 55°C and agitated vigorously until complete dissolution was observed. The contents of the reactor were then cooled to 25°C whereupon a previously prepared aqueous solution of NaOH [6.75 kgs of water and 2.09 kgs of NaOH (50% wt wt solution)] was added with cooling being applied to the jacket. The contents of the reactor were kept below 42°C during the addition of the NaOH solution. The temperature was readjusted to 25°C after the NaOH addition, and the reaction was stirred for 75 minutes before HPLC analysis indicated the reaction was complete. Heptane (7.66 kgs) was added to the reactor, and the contents were stirred for 10 minutes and then allowed to settle for 10 minutes. The aqueous layer was collected in a clean nalgene carboy. The heptane layer was removed from the reactor and sent to waste. The aqueous solution was then returned to the reactor, and the reactor was prepared for vacuum distillation. Approximately 8.5 liters of distillate was collected during the vacuum distillation. The vacuum was released from the reactor, and the temperature of the contents was readjusted to 25°C. A 1 N HCI solution (30.76 kgs) was added to the reactor over a period of 40 minutes. The resulting slurry was stirred at 25°C for 10 hours then cooled to 5°C over a period of 2 hours. The slurry was held at 5°C for 4 hours before the product was collected in a filter crock by vacuum filtration. The filter cake was then washed with cold (5°C) water (6 kgs). The product cake was air dried in the filter crock under vacuum for approximately 72 hours. The product was then transferred to three drying trays and dried in a vacuum oven at 50°C for 79 hours. The temperature of the vacuum oven was then raised to 65°C for 85 additional hours. The product was off-loaded as a single batch to give 2568 grams (93.4% yield) of intermediate grade 3-({[(3R,5R)-3- butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4- benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid as an off-white solid.

Intermediate grade 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid was dissolved (4690 g) in a mixture of glacial acetic acid (8850 g) and purified water (4200 g) at 70°C. The resulting solution was transferred through a 5 micron polishing filter while maintaining the temperature above 30°C. The reactor and filter were rinsed through with a mixture of glacial acetic acid (980 g) and purified water (470 g). The solution temperature was adjusted to 50°C. Filtered purified water (4230 g) was added to the solution. The cloudy solution was then seeded with crystalline 3-({[(3 5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3 ,4,5- tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid (10 g). While maintaining the temperature at 50°C, filtered purified water was charged to the slurry at a controlled rate (1 1030 g over 130 minutes). Additional filtered purified water was then added to the slurry at a faster controlled rate (20740 g over 100 minutes). A final charge of filtered purified water (3780 g) was made to the slurry. The slurry was then cooled to 10°C at a linear rate over 135 minutes. The solids were filtered over sharkskin filter paper to remove the mother liquor. The cake was then rinsed with filtered ethyl acetate (17280 g) then the wash liquors were removed by filtration. The resulting wetcake was isolated into trays and dried under vacuum at 50°C for 23 hours. The temperature was then increased to 60°C and drying was continued for an additional 24 hours to afford crystalline 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl- 7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8- yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid (3740 g, 79.7% yield) as a white solid.

To a slurry of this crystalline 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 – dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8- yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid (3660 g) and filtered purified water (3.6 L) was added filtered glacial acetic acid (7530 g). The temperature was increased to 60°C and full dissolution was observed. The temperature was reduced to 55°C, filtered, and treated with purified water (3.2 L). The solution was then seeded with crystalline 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid (18 g) to afford a slurry. Filtered purified water was charged to the slurry at a controlled rate (9 L over 140 minutes). Additional filtered purified water was then added to the slurry at a faster controlled rate (18 L over 190 minutes). The slurry was then cooled to

10°C at a linear rate over 225 minutes. The solids were filtered over sharkskin filter paper to remove the mother liquor. The cake was then rinsed with filtered purified water (18 L), and the wash liquors were removed by filtration. The resulting wetcake was isolated into trays and dried under vacuum at 60°C for 18.5 hours to afford a crystalline 3-({[(3R,5R)-3-butyl-3-ethyl-7-(methyloxy)-1 ,1 -dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 ,4-benzothiazepin-8-yl]methyl}amino)pentanedioic acid (3330 g, 90.8% yield) as a white solid which was analyzed for crystallinity as summarized below.

Paper

CowanD. J.CollinsJ. L.MitchellM. B.RayJ. A.SuttonP. W.SarjeantA. A.BorosE. E.Enzymatic- and Iridium-Catalyzed Asymmetric Synthesis of a Benzothiazepinylphosphonate Bile Acid Transporter Inhibitor J. Org. Chem. 201378 ( 2412726– 12734DOI: 10.1021/jo402311e
Abstract Image

A synthesis of the benzothiazepine phosphonic acid 3, employing both enzymatic and transition metal catalysis, is described. The quaternary chiral center of 3 was obtained by resolution of ethyl (2-ethyl)norleucinate (4) with porcine liver esterase (PLE) immobilized on Sepabeads. The resulting (R)-amino acid (5) was converted in two steps to aminosulfate 7, which was used for construction of the benzothiazepine ring. Benzophenone 15, prepared in four steps from trimethylhydroquinone 11, enabled sequential incorporation of phosphorus (Arbuzov chemistry) and sulfur (Pd(0)-catalyzed thiol coupling) leading to mercaptan intermediate 18S-Alkylation of 18 with aminosulfate 7 followed by cyclodehydration afforded dihydrobenzothiazepine 20. Iridium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of 20 with the complex of [Ir(COD)2BArF] (26) and Taniaphos ligand P afforded the (3R,5R)-tetrahydrobenzothiazepine 30 following flash chromatography. Oxidation of 30 to sulfone 31 and phosphonate hydrolysis completed the synthesis of 3 in 12 steps and 13% overall yield.

Paper

FigureImage result for GSK2330672
Scheme 1. Current Route to Chiral Intermediate 4 in the Synthesis of GSK2330672

Development of an Enzymatic Process for the Production of (R)-2-Butyl-2-ethyloxirane

Synthetic Biochemistry, Advanced Manufacturing Technologies, API Chemistry, Protein and Cellular Sciences, GlaxoSmithKline, Medicines Research Centre, Gunnels Wood Road, Stevenage SG1 2NY, United Kingdom
§API Chemistry, Synthetic Biochemistry, Advanced Manufacturing Technologies, GlaxoSmithKline, 709 Swedeland Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, United States
# Biotechnology and Environmental Shared Service, Global Manufacturing and Supply, GlaxoSmithKline, Dominion Way, Worthing BN14 8PB, United Kingdom
 Molecular Design, Computational and Modeling Sciences, GlaxoSmithKline, 1250 S. Collegeville Road, Collegeville, Pennsylvania 19426, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.7b00179
Abstract Image

An epoxide resolution process was rapidly developed that allowed access to multigram scale quantities of (R)-2-butyl-2-ethyloxirane 2 at greater than 300 g/L reaction concentration using an easy-to-handle and store lyophilized powder of epoxide hydrolase from Agromyces mediolanus. The enzyme was successfully fermented on a 35 L scale and stability increased by downstream processing. Halohydrin dehalogenases also gave highly enantioselective resolution but were shown to favor hydrolysis of the (R)-2 epoxide, whereas epoxide hydrolase from Aspergillus nigerinstead provided (R)-7 via an unoptimized, enantioconvergent process.

REFERENCES

1: Nunez DJ, Yao X, Lin J, Walker A, Zuo P, Webster L, Krug-Gourley S, Zamek-Gliszczynski MJ, Gillmor DS, Johnson SL. Glucose and lipid effects of the ileal apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter inhibitor GSK2330672: double-blind randomized trials with type 2 diabetes subjects taking metformin. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2016 Jul;18(7):654-62. doi: 10.1111/dom.12656. Epub 2016 Apr 21. PubMed PMID: 26939572.

2: Wu Y, Aquino CJ, Cowan DJ, Anderson DL, Ambroso JL, Bishop MJ, Boros EE, Chen L, Cunningham A, Dobbins RL, Feldman PL, Harston LT, Kaldor IW, Klein R, Liang X, McIntyre MS, Merrill CL, Patterson KM, Prescott JS, Ray JS, Roller SG, Yao X, Young A, Yuen J, Collins JL. Discovery of a highly potent, nonabsorbable apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter inhibitor (GSK2330672) for treatment of type 2 diabetes. J Med Chem. 2013 Jun 27;56(12):5094-114. doi: 10.1021/jm400459m. Epub 2013 Jun 6. PubMed PMID: 23678871.

///////GSK 2330672, phase 2

CCCC[C@@]1(CS(=O)(=O)c2cc(c(cc2[C@H](N1)c3ccccc3)OC)CNC(CC(=O)O)CC(=O)O)CC

%d bloggers like this: